9pfs/solanum-vs-hackint-and-charybdis
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity Actions

[svn] - the new plan:

Browse source 
+ branches/release-2.1 -> 2.2 base
  + 3.0 -> branches/cxxconversion
  + backport some immediate 3.0 functionality for 2.2
  + other stuff
This commit is contained in:
nenolod 2007-01-24 22:40:21 -08:00
commit 212380e3f4
430 changed files with 122424 additions and 0 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

8
.cvsignore Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
config.log
config.cache
config.status
autom4te.cache
Makefile
lint.out
rsa_respond.tar.gz
.depend

49
.indent.pro vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/* $Id: .indent.pro 238 2005-09-21 05:26:03Z nenolod $ */
/* copy this file to the source dir then run indent file.c */
--gnu-style
/* This is the indent before the brace not inside the block. */
--brace-indent0
/* Indent case: by 2 and braces inside case by 0(then by 0)... */
--case-brace-indentation0
--case-indentation2
--indent-level8
/* Put while() on the brace from do... */
--cuddle-do-while
/* Disable an annoying format... */
--no-space-after-function-call-names
/* Disable an annoying format... */
--dont-break-procedure-type
/* Disable an annoying format... */
--no-space-after-casts
--line-length200
/* typedefs */
-T boolean_t
-T node_t
-T list_t
-T tld_t
-T kline_t
-T EVH
-T sra_t
-T server_t
-T user_t
-T channel_t
-T chanuser_t
-T myuser_t
-T mychan_t
-T chanacs_t
-T CONFIGENTRY
-T CONFIGFILE
-T Block
-T MemBlock
-T BlockHeap

27
BUGS Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
Known Bugs worthy of a mention:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. /MODUNLOAD causes cores:
- If a module is modified before being unloaded, /MODUNLOAD (and
therefore /MODRELOAD) may cause a core.
This problem is caused by the behaviour of the OS, which treats
shared libraries differently to executables (modifying the ircd
binary whilst it is running would also cause a core, but is denied
by the OS).
A workaround to avoid coring is possible however. To install new
modules, first remove or rename the old module, then copy/move the
new file into place. install or make install is also safe.
/MODUNLOAD will then work successfully.
We will likely have a workaround implemented in the next version.
BUG REPORTS: If you run this code and encounter problems, you must report
the bug via IRC, irc.atheme.net #athemenet-dev.
Please include a gdb backtrace and keep your binaries, modules and core file
in case the developers need more information.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$Id: BUGS 1634 2006-06-04 13:26:04Z jilles $

24
CREDITS Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
$Id: CREDITS 3133 2007-01-21 15:38:16Z jilles $
Charybdis started as an evolution from ircd-ratbox-2.1.5+datadrain. Its
development is led by a team of dedicated developers who have put a lot
of time into the project.
The charybdis core team is listed in nick-alphabetical order:
gxti, Michael Tharp <gxti -at- partiallystapled.com>
jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
nenolod, William Pitcock <nenolod -at- nenolod.net>
twincest, River Tarnell <river -at- attenuate.org>
The following people have made contributions to the Charybdis release,
in nick-alphabetical order:
AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org>
anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
beu, Elfyn McBratney <elfyn.mcbratney -at- gmail.com>
Entrope, Michael Poole <mdpoole -at- trolius.org>
ThaPrince, Jon Christopherson <jon -at- vile.com>
w00t, Robin Burchell <surreal.w00t -at- gmail.com>
Visit the Charybdis website at: http://www.ircd-charybdis.org

13271
ChangeLog Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

266
INSTALL Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
Hybrid INSTALL Document
$Id: INSTALL 1837 2006-08-22 14:05:58Z nenolod $
Copyright (c) 2001 by ircd-hybrid team
Copyright (c) 2002-2004 ircd-ratbox development team
----------------------------------------------------------------------
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Note for those who dont bother reading docs |
| |
| Reading INSTALL is now a must, as the old DPATH is now specified when |
| configure is run. |
| |
| - You now need to ./configure --prefix="/path/to/install/it" |
| |
| Important: The old config format WILL NOT WORK. Please see point 6! |
| |
| The old kline format WILL NOT WORK. Please see point 7! |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
----------------------------------------------------------------------
HOW TO BUILD
As of hybrid-4, the distribution uses GNU autoconf instead of the old
Config script. The Makefile has also been updated to include CFLAGS
defines for popular modern OSes.
1.
Read the ChangeLog file to find out about the exciting new features in
this version. Other good reads are doc/whats-new.txt, BUGS,
doc/example.conf, and README.FIRST.
An example.conf for EFnet is in doc/ with the values "approved" on 12
December 2001.
2.
Run the configure script. It will create include/setup.h and the
Makefiles to match your system. In ircd-ratbox, the paths are now handled
with the --prefix option to configure, not in config.h.
/usr/local/ircd is the default if no prefix is specified.
./configure --prefix="/usr/local/ircd"
Note: There are some special optional parameters to the configure
script that some admins may wish to use.
*
--enable-kqueue - Use the superior kqueue(2) system call as
opposed to the default poll(2). This is currently only available
on FreeBSD 4.1 or higher.
*
--enable-devpoll - Enable the superior /dev/poll support on
Solaris. Linux /dev/poll is broken and will not work with this
option.
*
--enable-epoll - Enable the superior Linux Edge-Triggered Polling
system. This is currently only available on 2.5 Linux kernel
versions or later.
*
--enable-openssl - Enable the openssl dependent crypto functions.
This will allow CHALLENGE to work and encrypted links. On systems
where the configure script can automatically detect OpenSSL, this
option is not necessary. If configure cannot find OpenSSL, you
must specify a path with this option
(--enable-openssl=/path/to/openssl)
*
--enable-ipv6 - Enable IPv6 support.
*
--disable-shared-modules - Disable module support. This option is
more secure, but reduces a lot of the flexibility in Hybrid 7.
This may need to be used on some systems without a working dl
library.
*
--disable-assert - Disable some of the debugging code. This
should be used on all production servers for maximum speed and to
prevent cores from things that shouldn't normally happen.
*
--enable-small-net - Tunes the server for smaller networks by
reducing the startup memory footprint. This should really only be
used for *small* networks, as this tends to be a performance hit
on larger networks.
*
--with-nicklen - Sets the maximum NICK length. Note that this
must be consistant across your entire network.
*
--with-maxclients - Sets the maximum number of clients support by
the server. Note that this also twiddles the HARD_FDLIMIT_ define
so it is no longer necessary to modify include/config.h for this.
If HARD_FDLIMIT_ ends up being larger that FD_SETSIZE when using
select() for your I/O loop, s_bsd_select.c will refuse to compile
(and tell you to use poll instead). Take this error's advice and
use --enable-poll or something a bit more efficient. You'll be
happier at the end of the day for it.
3.
Look over the "include/config.h" file. This allows you to change the
few remaining hard coded options of how the ircd will operate. Most
admins will only have to change a few settings. USE_SYSLOG is the only
one that most admins will need to edit.
Note: Note that you must have permission by the sysadmin to send
messages to the system log files.
All other settings in config.h are not necessary to edit.
4.
make should build ircd.
5.
make install will install the server, modules(1), and tools in the
path defined in config.h and the prefix specified when configure was
run.
(1) Unless the server was compiled without module support.
6.
If you wish to enable the user log, oper log, and failed oper log,
issue these commands at the shell prompt (in the prefix directory)
$ touch logs/userlog
$ touch logs/operlog
$ touch logs/foperlog
Note: If you use different names in ircd.conf, you must 'touch' the
specific names.
7.
If you are upgrading from Hybrid 5 or Hybrid 6, the config file has
changed drastically...
There is a utility to convert your old config file to the new format.
In prefix/bin there is something called "convertconf". Its usage is:
./convertconf (old config file to convert) (converted file name)
Convertconf will NOT convert I: lines. You must use "convertilines"
for this which contains a much superior method of conversion and
will group I: together under one auth {};.
Once this is done, move your new config to prefix/etc/ircd.conf and
EDIT IT! There are still things that need changing in the config,
including the fact that classes MUST be above auth/connect blocks!
8.
If you are upgrading from Hybrid 5 or Hybrid 6, the kline file has
also changed...
There is a utility to convert the old kline configuration file to the
new format. In prefix/bin there is a program called "convertklines".
Its usage is: ./convertklines (old kline.conf filename) (new
kline.conf filename) (dline.conf filename).
Once this is done, move the new files into the prefix/etc/ directory
under their proper names. By default, the kline file is named
kline.conf and the dline file is named dline.conf.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
HOW TO GET HELP
Send Check or Money Order to... just kidding! You're on your own for
support. Try asking other ircd-ratbox admins on EFnet if you can't fix it
yourself. If you do fix anything, however, please send context or unified
diffs to ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org so the fixes can be incorporated into
the next release of ircd-hybrid. If ratbox crashes on you, PLEASE contact
ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org ASAP with a backtrace of the core.
DISCUSSION: There is a mailing list for discussion of ratbox issues,
To subscribe, visit:
http://lists.ratbox.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/ircd-ratbox
----------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTES
The best way to get a backtrace of the core is to follow this sequence of
instructions:
1.
Change to the directory containing the core file
2.
Run gdb on the binary and the core file. With an unmodified ircd-ratbox
installation, an example command line is below (in the /usr/local/ircd
directory)
$ gdb bin/ircd ircd.core
3.
At the "(gdb)" prompt, enter the command "bt"
4.
Save the output of the backtrace command and send it to
ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org
5.
Be sure to save the ircd binary, the modules, and the core file in a
safe place in case the developers need to look deeper than a backtrace
provides.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
OPENSSL NOTES
Older FreeBSD machines sometimes have the obsolete ports version of
OpenSSL libcrypto in /usr/local/lib. When configure is used with
--enable-openssl, and libintl is detected in /usr/local/lib, the
/usr/local/lib directory will be searched BEFORE the system /usr/lib for
libraries by the linker. The linker may try to link to the old
/usr/local/lib libcrypto instead of the system /usr/lib libcrypto. Some
older versions may cause error messages similar to the following:
gcc -g -O2 -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"/home/wcampbel/ircd\" -Wl,-export-dynamic
-L/usr/local/lib -o ircd blalloc.o channel.o vchannel.o class.o client.o
dline_conf.o event.o fdlist.o fileio.o hash.o irc_string.o ircd.o ircdauth.o
ircd_signal.o linebuf.o list.o listener.o m_error.o match.o memdebug.o
modules.o motd.o mtrie_conf.o oldparse.o numeric.o packet.o parse.o res.o rsa.o
restart.o s_auth.o s_bsd.o s_bsd_kqueue.o s_conf.o s_debug.o s_gline.o s_log.o
s_misc.o s_serv.o s_stats.o s_user.o scache.o send.o sprintf_irc.o tools.o
whowas.o lex.yy.o y.tab.o version.o -lintl -ldescrypt -lcrypto -lfl
rsa.o: In function `get_randomness':
/home/wcampbel/dev/ircd-ratbox/src/rsa.c(.text+0x60): undefined reference to
`RAND_pseudo_bytes'
/usr/local/lib/libcrypto.so: undefined reference to `ERR_load_RSAREF_strings'
/usr/local/lib/libcrypto.so: undefined reference to `RSA_PKCS1_RSAref'
*** Error code 1
If this is the case, you may need to rerun configure without the
--enable-openssl option, manually edit src/Makefile and modules/Makefile
to put -L/usr/lib before the -L/usr/local/lib in LDFLAGS, or remove the
old OpenSSL from /usr/local, and recompile all applications that use
libcrypto to use the system one.

341
LICENSE Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
# $Id: LICENSE 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) 19yy <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

147
Makefile.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
#************************************************************************
#* IRC - Internet Relay Chat, Makefile
#* Copyright (C) 1990, Jarkko Oikarinen
#*
#* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
#* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
#* the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
#* any later version.
#*
#* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
#* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
#* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
#* GNU General Public License for more details.
#*
#* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
#* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
#* Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
#*
#* $Id: Makefile.in 1347 2006-05-17 14:49:13Z nenolod $
#*/
RM=@RM@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
bindir = @bindir@
mandir = @mandir@
moduledir = @moduledir@
helpdir = @helpdir@
confdir = @confdir@
logdir = @logdir@
# Default CFLAGS
# CFLAGS = -g -O2 -DNDEBUG
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
# Developers CFLAGS
#CFLAGS= -g -O2 -Wunused -Wall -ggdb -pedantic -Wshadow -Wmissing-declarations
# Default make flags - you may want to uncomment this on a multicpu machine
#MFLAGS = -j 4
#
# For developers
#CFLAGS= -g -O2 -Wall
# You may need to define the FD_SETSIZE in order to overrule
# the system one.
#CFLAGS= -DNDEBUG -g -O2 -D"FD_SETSIZE=1024"
SHELL=/bin/sh
SUBDIRS=modules extensions libcharybdis src tools servlink doc help
CLEANDIRS = ${SUBDIRS}
RSA_FILES=rsa_respond/README rsa_respond/respond.c rsa_respond/Makefile
MAKE = make ${MFLAGS}
all: build
autoconf: configure.ac
autoconf
autoheader
${RM} -f config.cache
build:
-@if [ ! -f include/setup.h ] ; then \
echo "Hmm...doesn't look like you've run configure..."; \
echo "Doing so now."; \
sh configure; \
fi
@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
echo "build ==> $$i";\
cd $$i;\
${MAKE} build || exit; cd ..;\
done
clean:
${RM} -f *~ core rsa_respond.tar rsa_respond.tar.gz
@for i in $(CLEANDIRS); do \
echo "clean ==> $$i";\
cd $$i;\
${MAKE} clean; cd ..;\
done
-@if [ -f include/setup.h ] ; then \
echo "To really restart installation, make distclean" ; \
fi
distclean:
${RM} -f Makefile *~ *.rej *.orig core ircd.core
${RM} -f config.status config.cache config.log
cd include; ${RM} -f setup.h *~ *.rej *.orig ; cd ..
@for i in $(CLEANDIRS); do \
echo "distclean ==> $$i";\
cd $$i;\
${MAKE} distclean; cd ..;\
done
depend:
@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
echo "depend ==> $$i";\
cd $$i;\
${MAKE} depend; cd ..;\
done
lint:
@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
echo "lint ==> $$i";\
cd $$i;\
${MAKE} lint; cd ..;\
done
install-mkdirs:
@echo "ircd: setting up ircd directory structure"
-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(prefix); then \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(prefix); \
fi
-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(bindir); then \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(bindir); \
fi
-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(confdir); then \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(confdir); \
fi
-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); then \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); \
fi
-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); then \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(moduledir); \
fi
-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir); then \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(helpdir); \
fi
-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(logdir); then \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(logdir); \
fi
install: install-mkdirs all
@for i in $(SUBDIRS); do \
echo "install ==> $$i";\
cd $$i;\
${MAKE} install; \
cd ..; \
done
rsa_respond:
@cd tools;\
echo "Creating rsa_respond.tar.gz";\
tar cf ../rsa_respond.tar $(RSA_FILES);\
cd ..;\
gzip rsa_respond.tar

336
NEWS Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,336 @@
This is charybdis 2.1.2, Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Charybdis team.
See LICENSE for licensing details (GPL v2).
-- charybdis-2.1.2
- Fix bug that could cause all hostmangled users to be exempted when a
single ban exception existed on a channel.
- Tweak \s code a little.
- Add a minor clarification to the SGML docs.
- Avoid truncation in ip_cloaking (by removing components on the other side).
Note that this may cause channel +bqeI modes set on such very long hosts
to no longer match.
-- charybdis-2.1.1
- Search the shortest list (user's/channel's) when looking up channel
memberships.
- Make the SID-collision notice look right under all conditions.
- Move kills from services from +s to +k snomask.
- When no_tilde is present on an auth{} block, check the non-tilde version
of the user@host against k:lines as well.
- Put full reason in the SQUIT reason when a server is rejected for
insufficient parameters being passed to a command.
- Don't redirect users to an existing domain, irc.fi.
- Improve communication of servlink-related error messages.
-- charybdis-2.1.0
- Our official website is now http;//www.ircd-charybdis.org/.
- Make RPL_ISUPPORT (005 numeric) modularizable.
- Also do forwarding if the channel limit (+l) is exceeded.
- Don't count opers on service{} servers in /lusers.
- Allow servers to send to @#chan and +#chan.
- Allow +S clients (services) to send to channels and @/+ channels always.
- Allow normal match() on IP address also in /masktrace.
- Add new testmask from ratbox 2.2. Allows matches on nick, ip and gecos
in addition to user and host, and is fully analogous to masktrace.
The numeric has changed from 724 to 727 and fields in it have changed.
- Show IP addresses to opers in /whowas.
- Add extb_extgecos extban option ($x:nick!user@host#gecos), from sorcery
modules.
- Add extb_canjoin extban option ($j:#channel), matches if the user is banned
from the other channel.
- Allow opers to /who based on realhost.
- Allow opers to /masktrace, /testmask based on realhost.
- Add general::operspy_dont_care_user_info, limits operspy accountability to
channel-related information.
- Make host mangling more reliable.
- Prevent ban evasion by enabling/disabling host mangling.
- Add EUID, sends real host and services account in the same command as other
user information.
- Make it possible to send CHGHOST without ENCAP (fixes problems with old
services).
- Allow service{} servers to manipulate the nick delay table (for "nickserv
enforcement", aka SVSHOLD).
- Send server notices about connections initiated by remote opers network wide.
- Fix too early truncation of JOIN channel list.
- Make the newconf system available to modules.
- Add /stats s to the hurt module to list active hurts.
- Add general::servicestring, shown in /whois for opered services (+oS).
- Show real host/IP behind dynamic spoof in /whois to the user themselves
and opers.
- Document option to disable nick delay.
- Improve logging of server connections.
- Clean up handling of hostnames in connect blocks.
- Remove support for resolving ip6.int, people should be using ip6.arpa.
- Unbreak --disable-balloc (useful for debugging with tools like valgrind).
- Make Solaris 10 I/O ports code compile.
- Add WEBIRC module to allow showing the real host/IP of CGI:IRC users.
- Comment out blacklist{} block in example confs, as AHBL requires
notification before use.
- Fix some bugs relating to the resolver.
-- charybdis-2.0.0
- Replace ADNS with a new smaller resolver from ircu and hybrid.
- Make services shortcuts (/chanserv etc) configurable in ircd.conf.
- Add extban: extensible +bqeI matching via modules. Syntax is
$<type>[:<data>]. By default no modules are loaded.
- Add DNS blacklist checking.
- Change operator{} block user@host from host to orighost. This means that
services/+h spoofs do not work in operator{} blocks; auth{} spoofs still
work. Check your operator{} blocks!
- Split contrib/ into extensions/ and unsupported/.
- Change CHGHOST do show the change to all other clients on common channels
with quit/join/mode.
- Add /rehash nickdelay to clear out the nickdelay tables.
- Glines are now disabled in the example confs.
- Show more error messages on stderr.
- Add OMODE command to extensions/ for easier oper mode hacking.
- Add HURT system to extensions/; this shuns clients matching certain host/ip
unless and until they identify to services. Mainly intended for SorceryNet.
- Show SASL success and failure counts in /stats t.
- Allow more frequent autoconnects to servers.
- Messaging services by nickname no longer uses target change slots.
- Only accept SASL from servers in a service{} block.
- New auth{} flag need_sasl to reject users who haven't done SASL
authentication.
- Expand blah.blah and blah:blah to *!*@... instead of ...!*@* for bans
- Don't allow opers to fake locops/operwall to +w.
- Documentation updates.
- Many bugfixes.
-- charybdis-1.1.0
- Implement SAFELIST.
- Incorporate ircu's match() algorithm.
- Improve usermode modularization.
- Seperate server notices into a seperate snomask, freeing up many
usermodes to be used.
- Add support for SIGNON originating from Hyperion2.
- Modularize many server notices into seperate modules.
- Add hooks for can_join and can_create_channel.
- Add support for SASL authentication.
- Add introduce_user hook for adding new messages when a user is bursted.
- Move a large part of the ircd into libcharybdis.
- Don't complain "unknown user mode" if a user tries to unset
a mode they do not have access to.
- Update our challenge specification to the challenge implementation in
ratbox 2.2 for interoperability.
- Make +f notices network-wide (local host, global host,
global user@host, local class), other notices tied to +f remain local.
- Allow ENCAP REALHOST outside of netburst.
- Add general::global_snotices option to make server notices be
network-wide or not.
- Add sno_farconnect.c to contrib, provides farconnect support.
Could be useful for BOPM.
- Add sno_routing.c which displays information about netsplits, netjoins
and the clients affected by them.
- Add CHANTRACE and TRACEMASK commands from ratbox 3.0
- Use IsOperAdmin() instead of IsAdmin() when sending admin-only messages,
that way hidden admins get them too.
- Add m_error to core_module_table, somehow it was missing.
- Correct a format string bug that occurs when a read error is
received.
- Add some logging in places where we drop servers and only notify
server operators.
- Track hostmask limits based on a client's original host, if
available.
- Move HIDE_SPOOF_IPS into the general {} block in ircd.conf
-- charybdis-1.0.3
- Fix /invite UID leak. (Found by logiclrd@EFnet.)
- Incorporate ratbox bugfixes for the MONITOR system.
- Made show_ip() less braindead.
- Show real errno if we fail to connect to a server.
- Don't disclose server IP's when a connection fails.
- Do not show the channels a service is sitting in.
- Reverted the aline code from hybrid-7.2
- Make sure TS6 services are recognized properly if connected remotely.
- Tweak something in services support for cyrix boxes.
-- charybdis-1.0.2
- Fix propagation of an empty SJOIN (permanant channels).
- Fix an exploit involving a malformed /trace request.
- Don't display a blank RPL_WHOISCHANNELS in a remote whois request.
- Allow modules to provide new usermodes.
- On a nickname collision, change the collided nick to their unique ID,
if general::collision_fnc is enabled in the config.
- Don't allow UID lookups in /monitor + and /monitor s
- Fix a garbage issue with channel mode +j.
- Apply proper capability flags to the proper server in me_gcap().
- Use find_named_person() instead of find_person() in a nick collision.
- Prevent UID disclosure in cmode setting.
- Prevent UID disclosure to remote clients in /kick.
- Do not allow users to query via /whois <server> <UID>.
- Don't allow local users to use UID's in local usermode changes.
- Propagate +q lists on netjunction.
- Clear +q lists on a lowerTS SJOIN.
- Ported a generic k/d/x-line parser from hybrid-7.2 which resulted in
duplicate code reduction.
- Fix linebuf raw code to not truncate lines longer than 512 bytes;
improves ziplink reliability on net junction.
- Use find_named_person() vs find_person() in services alias code.
- Fix issue where channel forwarding token can be lost on net junction.
- Fix empty channel desync issues involving +P.
- Remove unused non-ENCAP CHGHOST support.
- Use TS6 form for SQUIT wallops.
- Propagate nickname changes for remote clients in TS6 form if possible,
even if sent in TS5 format.
- Only clear oper_only_umodes for local clients on deoper.
-- charybdis-1.0.1
- Display logged in status on non-local clients too.
- Documentation updates
- Fix a bug with forward target authorization.
- Fix a bug with mode propagation (+Q/+F).
- Change ERR_NOSUCHNICK to ERR_SERVICESOFFLINE in services aliases.
- Add remote rehashing.
- Document service { } blocks (u:lines on ircu).
- Document identify_service and identify_command in reference.conf.
-- charybdis-1.0
- Implement channel mode +L for channel list limit exemptions.
- Implement channel mode +P primarily as a status mode, permanant
channel -- this is usually enforced via services registrations.
- Change behaviour of /stats p: now displays all staff members instead
of local ones only.
- Make oper_list global, add local_oper_list for local traffic.
- Strip control codes from parts and quits.
- Add channel mode +c which strips control codes from messages sent to
the channel.
- Add channel mode +g which enables free use of the /invite command.
- Add channel mode +z which sends rejected messages to channel ops.
Could be useful for Q&A sessions or other similar events.
- Add channel quietmasks. These are recommended over the use of channel
bans used to remove a user's ability to participate in the channel.
- Add channel join throttling mode, +j. Used to throttle channel join
traffic, i.e. join/part flood attacks. Syntax: +j <joins>:<timeslice>
- Improvements to channel_modes(), from shadowircd -- allows for
better construction of the mode string.
- Use the undernet throttle notice instead of bancache message when
dealing with rejected clients. (stolen from ircu2.10.12)
- Add channel forwarding, via channel mode +f, behaves similarly to
dancer-ircd version.
- Update example.conf to reflect AthemeNET changes. Original ratbox
config is now reference.conf.
- Services account names are now tracked globally.
- Add channel mode +Q which disables the effects of channel forwarding
on a temporary basis.
- Add channel mode +F which allows anybody to disable forwarding target
authorisation, voluntarily on their channels.
- Make wallops behave like normal wallops.
- Add services aliases: /ns, /cs, /os, /nickserv, /chanserv, /operserv.
- Add simple hack that enables use of server password for automatic
identify.
-- ircd-ratbox-2.1.5+datadrain
- fix a buffer overflow and an unterminated buffer when TS6 forces us
to remove bans
- fix potential junk SJOIN generation when splitting it into multiple
lines
- make servlink check for an uncompressed ERROR
- change NICKLEN to 15.
- change TOPICLEN to 390.
- force services extensions to be enabled always
- change patchlevel.h to get it's information from 'configure'
- add m_chghost.c, ghetto rigged hostcloaking module, using elite ENCAP
technique
-- ircd-ratbox-2.1.4
- fix minor time bug which occurs on december 31st
- dont drop a servers link when we get a malformed WHOIS
- disallow commas in channel keys
- fix compile problem with abort_list
- fix build on darwin
- fix compilation with gcc4
- userhost was only allowing 4 targets instead of 5
- invalidate channel ban cache on nickchange
- add TARGMAX to 005, detailing maximum targets for messages
- fix counting of clients on accept list when adding users
- use ID instead of name when bursting SJOIN to TS6 servers
- lower id in struct User, which was one byte bigger than it needs to be
-- ircd-ratbox-2.1.3
- removed sendq_eob as it just doesnt work on efnet
- dont allow MONITOR from an unregistered client
- add some uniqueness into the auth process for bopm
- fix resvs to check whether target server is us properly
- fix a core in cidr channel ban matching
- raise max temptime to a year
- fix cores when we receive extra params to NICK/UID
- remove no_oper_resvs, add resv_exempt auth flag
- fix flattened links
- clean up the accept code, and dont clear a users own list of accepted
clients on nickchange
- non-efnet:
- make services {}; blocks be displayed on stats U
- make services {}; blocks apply on rehash, you must now have only ONE
service {}; block, but you may have multiple name=""; entries within.
- only show services logged in info for local clients
-- ircd-ratbox-2.1.2
- fix missing end comment tag in example confs
- fix display problem with unauthorised conn notice
- remove some unused defines from INFO
- fix tabs for spaces in some helpfiles
- add in missing links_delay conf option
- fix cores under amd64
- disallow bans beginning with ':' over BMASK
- disallow bans with a space in chm_ban()
- stop counting hidden opers in stats p count output
- match() params of remote unresv were inverted, causing it to never match
- fix possibility of clients setting blank keys
- fix UID problems with trace
- raise default topiclen to 160
- add in forced nick change for ratbox-services, when compiled with
--enable-services
-- ircd-ratbox-2.1.1
- remove an 005 token to hack around the parser bug
- exempt users messaging themselves from target change
- disallow messaging towards UIDs
- add in doc/tgchange.txt
- move stats L back to RPL_STATSLINKINFO
- fix some minor auth problems
- properly store ipv6 ips when we're compiled for v4 only
- fix propagation of xline/resv
- sync remote kline reasons with form used for local klines
-- ircd-ratbox-2.1.0
- no changes
-- ircd-ratbox-2.1.0beta2
- fix a few compile warnings
- added multi-prefix clicap, for showing "@+" in NAMES/WHO replies
- remove split_delay, make split servers now work on how many servers have
issued EOB, rather than how many exist.
- server-side notify lists. See doc/monitor.txt
- fix undline core
- remove an unwanted space from beginning of second 005
- fix a potential core with the patricia when removing classes
- when we're handling global NAMES, dont output channels whose users are all
invisible
-- ircd-ratbox-2.1.0beta1
- No release notes, see doc/whats-new-2.1.txt
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BUGS: Major bugs in this release are listed in BUGS
BUG REPORTS: If you run this code and encounter problems, you must report
via IRC to irc.atheme.net, #athemenet-dev.
Please include a gdb backtrace and keep the core file, binaries and
modules in case the developers need them.
Other files recommended for reading: BUGS, README.FIRST, INSTALL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$Id: NEWS 2813 2006-12-05 13:24:19Z jilles $

102
README.FIRST Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
If you don't read this first, we won't help you.
:-)
******************************* IMPORTANT *************************************
*********** Note for those who dont bother reading docs *****************
* - Reading INSTALL is now a must, as the old DPATH is now specified *
* when configure is run. *
* You now need to ./configure --prefix="/path/to/install/it" *
* - The old config format WILL NOT WORK. Please see doc/example.conf ! *
* - The old kline format WILL NOT WORK. Please use convertklines which *
* will be installed with your ircd! *
*************************************************************************
ALSO, IF YOU ARE UPGRADING YOUR CURRENT SOURCE TREE, AND YOU TRY TO BUILD
IN IT WITHOUT PERFORMING AT LEAST 'make clean', THINGS _WILL_ BREAK. IT IS
RECOMMENDED THAT YOU RUN 'make distclean' AND THEN RERUN './configure'!
******************************* REQUIREMENTS **********************************
Necessary Requirements:
- A supported platform (look below)
- A working dynamic load library, unless
compiling as static, without module
support.
- A working lex. Solaris /usr/ccs/bin/lex
appears to be broken, on this system flex
should be used.
Feature Specific Requirements:
- For the SSL Challenge controlled OPER feature and encrypted server links,
a working OpenSSL library
- For encrypted oper and (optional) server passwords, a working DES and/or
MD5 library
*******************************************************************************
- To report bugs in ircd-ratbox, send the bug report to ircd-ratbox@lists.ratbox.org
- Known bugs are listed in the BUGS file
- See the INSTALL document for info on configuring and compiling
ircd-ratbox.
- Please read doc/index.txt to get an overview of the current documentation.
- Old Hybrid 5/6 configuration files are no longer supported. All conf
files will have to be converted to the new format. A convertconf
utility is provided and installed into bin/.
- If you are wondering why config.h is practically empty, its because many
things that were once in config.h are now specified in the 'general'
block of ircd.conf. Look at example.conf for more information about
these options.
- The files, /etc/services, /etc/protocols, and /etc/resolv.conf, MUST be
readable by the user running the server in order for ircd to start.
Errors from adns causing the ircd to refuse to start up are often related
to permission problems on these files.
- There is a mailing list for ircd-ratbox. To subscribe to this list
visit http://lists.ratbox.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/ircd-ratbox
Note that this list also gets the commit emails from the CVS server.
- FREEBSD USERS: if you are compiling with ipv6 you may experience
problems with ipv4 due to the way the socket code is written. To
fix this you must: "sysctl net.inet6.ip6.v6only=0"
- SOLARIS USERS: this code appears to tickle a bug in older gcc and
egcs ONLY on 64-bit Solaris7. gcc-2.95 and SunPro C on 64bit should
work fine, and any gcc or SunPro compiled on 32bit.
- DARWIN AND MACOS X USERS: You must be using at least the December 2001
Development Tools from Apple to build ircd-ratbox with shared modules.
Before then you MUST disable shared modules, as we do not have the proper
flags for cc(1) prior to that point to produce shared modules.
- SUPPORTED PLATFORMS: this code should compile without any warnings
on FreeBSD 3.x/4.x, RedHat 6.2, Debian Potato and Solaris 7/8 sparc.
Please let us know if you find otherwise.
It probably does not compile on AIX, IRIX or libc5 Linux.
- TESTED PLATFORMS: The code has been tested on the following platforms, and
is known to run properly.
FreeBSD 3.x/4.x
Linux glibc
Solaris 2.6/7/8
OpenBSD 2.8
NetBSD 1.4
- Please read doc/whats-new.txt for information about what is in this release
- Other files recommended for reading: BUGS, INSTALL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$Id: README.FIRST 1837 2006-08-22 14:05:58Z nenolod $

5
SVN-Access Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
The charybdis repository is available for anonymous access:
svn co http://svn.atheme.org/charybdis/trunk charybdis-devel
For the latest stable:
svn co http://svn.atheme.org/charybdis/branches/stable charybdis-stable

50
aclocal.m4 vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
# $Id: aclocal.m4 918 2006-02-23 18:17:21Z nenolod $ - aclocal.m4 - Autoconf fun...
AC_DEFUN([AC_DEFINE_DIR], [
test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
ac_define_dir=`eval echo [$]$2`
ac_define_dir=`eval echo [$]ac_define_dir`
$1="$ac_define_dir"
AC_SUBST($1)
ifelse($3, ,
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($1, "$ac_define_dir"),
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($1, "$ac_define_dir", $3))
])
AC_DEFUN([AC_SUBST_DIR], [
ifelse($2,,,$1="[$]$2")
$1=`(
test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix="${prefix}"
eval echo \""[$]$1"\"
)`
AC_SUBST($1)
])
dnl CHARYBDIS_C_GCC_TRY_FLAGS(<warnings>,<cachevar>)
AC_DEFUN([CHARYBDIS_C_GCC_TRY_FLAGS],[
AC_MSG_CHECKING([GCC flag(s) $1])
if test "${GCC-no}" = yes
then
AC_CACHE_VAL($2,[
oldcflags="${CFLAGS-}"
CFLAGS="${CFLAGS-} ${CWARNS} $1 -Werror"
AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#include <string.h>
#include <stdio.h>
int main(void);
],[
strcmp("a","b"); fprintf(stdout,"test ok\n");
], [$2=yes], [$2=no])
CFLAGS="${oldcflags}"])
if test "x$$2" = xyes; then
CWARNS="${CWARNS}$1 "
AC_MSG_RESULT(ok)
else
$2=''
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no, not using GCC)
fi
])

15592
configure vendored Executable file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1312
configure.ac Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1
doc/.cvsignore Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

316
doc/CIDR.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
$Id: CIDR.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
CIDR Information
----------------
Presently, we all use IPv4. The format of IPv4 is the following:
A.B.C.D
Where letters 'A' through 'D' are 8-bit values. In English, this
means each digit can have a value of 0 to 255. Example:
129.56.4.234
Digits are called octets. Oct meaning 8, hence 8-bit values. An
octet cannot be greater than 255, and cannot be less than 0 (eg. a
negative number).
CIDR stands for "classless inter domain routing", details covered
in RFC's 1518 and 1519. It was introduced mainly due to waste within
A and B classes space. The goal was to make it possible to use
smaller nets than it would seem from (above) IP classes, for instance
by dividing one B class into 256 "C like" classes. The other goal was
to allow aggregation of routing information, so that routers could use
one aggregated route (like 194.145.96.0/20) instead of
advertising 16 C classes.
Class A are all these addresses which first bit is "0",
bitmap: 0nnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host)
IP range is 0.0.0.0 - 127.255.255.255
Class B are all these addresses which first two bits are "10",
bitmap: 10nnnnnn.nnnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host)
IP range is 128.0.0.0 - 191.255.255.255
Class C are all these addresses which first three bits are "110",
bitmap: 110nnnnn.nnnnnnnn.nnnnnnnn.hhhhhhhh (n=net, h=host)
IP range is 192.0.0.0 - 223.255.255.255
Class D are all these addresses which first four bits are "1110",
this is multicast class and net/host bitmap doesn't apply here
IP range is 224.0.0.0 - 239.255.255.255
I bet they will never IRC, unless someone creates multicast IRC :)
Class E are all these addresses which first five bits are "11110",
this class is reserved for future use
IP range is 240.0.0.0 - 247.255.255.255
So, here is how CIDR notation comes into play.
For those of you who have real basic exposure to how networks are
set up, you should be aware of the term "netmask." Basically, this
is a IPv4 value which specifies the "size" of a network. You can
assume the word "size" means "range" if you want.
A chart describing the different classes in CIDR format and their
wildcard equivalents would probably help at this point:
CIDR version dot notation (netmask) Wildcard equivalent
-----------------------------------------------------------------
A.0.0.0/8 A.0.0.0/255.0.0.0 A.*.*.* or A.*
A.B.0.0/16 A.B.0.0/255.255.0.0 A.B.*.* or A.B.*
A.B.C.0/24 A.B.C.0/255.255.255.0 A.B.C.* or A.B.C.*
A.B.C.D/32 A.B.C.D/255.255.255.255 A.B.C.D
The question on any newbies mind at this point is "So what do all
of those values & numbers actually mean?"
Everything relating to computers is based on binary values (1s and
zeros). Binary plays a *tremendous* role in CIDR notation. Let's
break it down to the following table:
A B C D
-------- -------- -------- --------
/8 == 11111111 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 255.0.0.0
/16 == 11111111 . 11111111 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 255.255.0.0
/24 == 11111111 . 11111111 . 11111111 . 00000000 == 255.255.255.0
/32 == 11111111 . 11111111 . 11111111 . 11111111 == 255.255.255.255
The above is basically a binary table for the most common netblock
sizes. The "1"s you see above are the 8-bit values for each octet.
If you split an 8-bit value into each of it's bits, you find the
following:
00000000
^^^^^^^^_ 1sts place (1)
|||||||__ 2nds place (2)
||||||___ 3rds place (4)
|||||____ 4ths place (8)
||||_____ 5ths place (16)
|||______ 6ths place (32)
||_______ 7ths place (64)
|________ 8ths place (128)
Now, since computers consider zero a number, you pretty much have
to subtract one (so-to-speak; this is not really how its done, but
just assume it's -1 :-) ) from all the values possible. Some
examples of decimal values in binary:
15 == 00001111 (from left to right: 8+4+2+1)
16 == 00010000 (from left to right: 16)
53 == 00110101 (from left to right: 32+16+4+1)
79 == 01001111 (from left to right: 64+8+4+1)
254 == 11111110 (from left to right: 128+64+32+16+8+4+2)
So, with 8 bits, the range (as I said before) is zero to 255.
If none of this is making sense to you at this point, you should
back up and re-read all of the above. I realize it's a lot, but
it'll do you some good to re-read it until you understand :-).
So, let's modify the original table a bit by providing CIDR info
for /1 through /8:
A B C D
-------- -------- -------- --------
/1 == 10000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 128.0.0.0
/2 == 11000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 192.0.0.0
/3 == 11100000 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 224.0.0.0
/4 == 11110000 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 240.0.0.0
/5 == 11111000 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 248.0.0.0
/6 == 11111100 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 252.0.0.0
/7 == 11111110 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 254.0.0.0
/8 == 11111111 . 00000000 . 00000000 . 00000000 == 255.0.0.0
At this point, all of this should making a lot of sense, and you
should be able to see the precision that you can get by using CIDR
at this point. If not, well, I guess the best way to put it would
be that wildcards always assume /8, /16, or /24 (yes hello Piotr,
we can argue this later: I am referring to IPs *ONLY*, not domains
or FQDNs :-) ).
This table will provide a reference to all of the IPv4 CIDR values
cidr|netmask (dot notation)
----+---------------------
/1 | 128.0.0.0
/2 | 192.0.0.0
/3 | 224.0.0.0
/4 | 240.0.0.0
/5 | 248.0.0.0
/6 | 252.0.0.0
/7 | 254.0.0.0
/8 | 255.0.0.0
/9 | 255.128.0.0
/10 | 255.192.0.0
/11 | 255.224.0.0
/12 | 255.240.0.0
/13 | 255.248.0.0
/14 | 255.252.0.0
/15 | 255.254.0.0
/16 | 255.255.0.0
/17 | 255.255.128.0
/18 | 255.255.192.0
/19 | 255.255.224.0
/20 | 255.255.240.0
/21 | 255.255.248.0
/22 | 255.255.252.0
/23 | 255.255.254.0
/24 | 255.255.255.0
/25 | 255.255.255.128
/26 | 255.255.255.192
/27 | 255.255.255.224
/28 | 255.255.255.240
/29 | 255.255.255.248
/30 | 255.255.255.252
/31 | 255.255.255.254
/32 | 255.255.255.255
So, let's take all of the information above, and apply it to a
present-day situation on IRC.
Let's say you have a set of flooding clients who all show up from
the following hosts. For lack-of a better example, I'll use a
subnet here at Best:
nick1 (xyz@shell9.ba.best.com) [206.184.139.140]
nick2 (abc@shell8.ba.best.com) [206.184.139.139]
nick3 (foo@shell12.ba.best.com) [206.184.139.143]
Most people will assume the they were all in the same class C
(206.184.139.0/24 or 206.184.139.*).
This, as a matter of fact, is not true. Now, the reason *I* know
this is solely because I work on the network here; those IPs are
not delegated to a class C, but two portions of a class C (128 IPs
each). That means the class C is actually split into these two
portions:
Netblock IP range
-------- --------
206.184.139.0/25 206.184.139.0 to 206.184.139.127
206.184.139.128/25 206.184.139.128 to 206.184.139.255
For the record, 206.184.139.0 and 206.184.139.128 are both known as
"network addresses" (not to be confused with "netblocks" or "Ethernet
hardware addresses" or "MAC addresses"). Network addresses are
*ALWAYS EVEN*.
206.184.139.127 and 206.184.139.255 are what are known as broadcast
addresses. Broadcast addresses are *ALWAYS ODD*.
Now, the aforementioned list of clients are in the 2nd subnet shown
above, not the first. The reason for this should be obvious.
The remaining question is, "Well that's nice, you know what the netblock
is for Best. What about us? We don't know that!"
Believe it or not, you can find out the network block size by using
whois -h WHOIS.ARIN.NET on the IP in question. ARIN keeps a list of
all network blocks and who owns them -- quite useful, trust me. I
think I use ARIN 5 or 6 times a day, especially when dealing with
D-lines. Example:
$ whois -h whois.arin.net 206.184.139.140
Best Internet Communications, Inc. (NETBLK-NBN-206-184-BEST)
345 East Middlefield Road
Mountain View, CA 94043
Netname: NBN-206-184-BEST
Netblock: 206.184.0.0 - 206.184.255.255
Maintainer: BEST
Does this mean you should D-line 206.184.0.0/16? Probably not.
That's an entire class B-sized block, while you're only trying
to deny access to a subnetted class C.
So then how do you get the *real* info? Well, truth is, you don't.
You have to pretty much take a guess at what it is, if ARIN reports
something that's overly vague. Best, for example, was assigned the
above class B-sized block. We can subnet it however we want without
reporting back to ARIN how we have it subnetted. We own the block,
and that's all that matters (to ARIN).
Not all subnets are like this, however. Smaller subnets you may
find partitioned and listed on ARIN; I've seen /29 blocks for DSL
customers show up in ARIN before.
So, use ARIN any chance you get. The more precision the better!
Now, there is a small issue I want to address regarding use of CIDR
notation. Let's say you D-line the following in CIDR format (hi
sion ;-) ):
205.100.132.18/24
Entries like this really makes my blood boil, solely because it adds
excessive confusion and is just basically pointless. If you
examine the above, you'll see the /24 is specifying an entire
class C -- so then what's the purpose of using .18 versus .0?
There IS no purpose. The netmask itself will mask out the .18 and
continue to successfully use 205.100.132.0/24.
Doing things this way just adds confusion, especially on non-octet-
aligned subnets (such as /8, /16, /24, or /32). Seeing that on a
/27 or a /19 might make people go "wtf?"
I know for a fact this doc lacks a lot of necessary information,
like how the actual netmask/CIDR value play a role in "masking out"
the correct size, and what to do is WHOIS.ARIN.NET returns no
netblock information but instead a few different company names with
NIC handles. I'm sure you can figure this stuff out on your own,
or just ask an administrator friend of yours who DOES know. A lot
of us admins are BOFH types, but if you ask us the right questions,
you'll benefit from the answer quite thoroughly.
Oh, I almost forgot. Most Linux systems use a different version of
"whois" than FreeBSD does. The syntax for whois on Linux is
"whois <INFO>@whois.arin.net", while under FreeBSD it is
"whois -h whois.arin.net <INFO>" Debian uses yet another version
of whois that is incompatible with the above syntax options.
Note that the FreeBSD whois client has shortcuts for the most commonly
used whois servers. "whois -a <INFO>" is the shortcut for ARIN.
Also note that ARIN is not authoritative for all IP blocks on the
Internet. Take for example 212.158.123.66. A whois query to ARIN
will return the following information:
$ whois -h whois.arin.net 212.158.123.66
European Regional Internet Registry/RIPE NCC (NET-RIPE-NCC-)
These addresses have been further assigned to European users.
Contact information can be found in the RIPE database, via the
WHOIS and TELNET servers at whois.ripe.net, and at
http://www.ripe.net/db/whois.html
Netname: RIPE-NCC-212
Netblock: 212.0.0.0 - 212.255.255.255
Maintainer: RIPE
This query tells us that it is a European IP block, and is further
handled by RIPE's whois server. We must then query whois.ripe.net
to get more information.
$ whois -h whois.ripe.net 212.158.123.66
% Rights restricted by copyright. See
http://www.ripe.net/ripencc/pub-services/db/copyright.html
inetnum: 212.158.120.0 - 212.158.123.255
netname: INSNET-P2P
descr: Point to Point Links for for London Nodes
country: GB
--snip--
This tells us the actual IP block that the query was a part of.
Other whois servers that you may see blocks referred to are:
whois.ripn.net for Russia, whois.apnic.net for Asia, Australia, and
the Pacific, and whois.6bone.net for IPv6 blocks.
Contributed by Jeremy Chadwick <jdc@best.net>
Piotr Kucharski <chopin@sgh.waw.pl>
W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net> and
Ariel Biener <ariel@fireball.tau.ac.il>

61
doc/Hybrid-team Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
$Id: Hybrid-team 54 2005-09-10 05:12:55Z nenolod $
The hybrid team is a group of ircd coders who were frustrated
with the instability and all-out "dirtiness" of the EFnet ircd's
available. "hybrid" is the name for the collective efforts of a group
of people, all of us.
Anyone is welcome to contribute to this effort. You are encouraged
to participate in the Hybrid mailing list. To subscribe to the
Hybrid List, use this link:
https://lists.ircd-hybrid.org/mailman/listinfo/hybrid
The core team as, of this major release:
adx, Piotr Nizynski <adx@irc7.pl>
billy-jon, William Bierman III <bill@mu.org>
cryogen, Stuart Walsh <stu@ipng.org.uk>
Dianora, Diane Bruce <db@db.net>
joshk, Joshua Kwan <joshk@triplehelix.org>
kire, Erik Small <smalle@hawaii.edu>
knight, Alan LeVee <alan.levee@prometheus-designs.net>
metalrock, Jack Low <jclow@csupomona.edu>
Michael, Michael Wobst <michael.wobst@gmail.com>
Rodder, Jon Lusky <lusky@blown.net>
Wohali, Joan Touzet <joant@ieee.org>
The following people have contributed blood, sweat, and/or code to
recent releases of Hybrid, in nick alphabetical order:
A1kmm, Andrew Miller <a1kmm@mware.virtualave.net>
AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org>
bane, Dragan Dosen <bane@idolnet.org>
bysin, Ben Kittridge <bkittridge@cfl.rr.com>
cosine, Patrick Alken <wnder@uwns.underworld.net>
David-T, David Taylor <davidt@yadt.co.uk>
fl, Lee Hardy <lee@leeh.co.uk>
Garion, Joost Vunderink <garion@efnet.nl>
Habeeb, David Supuran <habeeb@cfl.rr.com>
Hwy101, W. Campbell <wcampbel@botbay.net>
jmallett, Juli Mallett <jmallett@FreeBSD.org>
jv, Jakub Vlasek <jv@pilsedu.cz>
k9, Jeremy Chadwick <ircd@jdc.parodius.com>
kre, Dinko Korunic <kreator@fly.srk.fer.hr>
madmax, Paul Lomax <madmax@efnet.org>
nenolod, William Pitcock <nenolod@nenolod.net>
Riedel, Dennis Vink, <riedel@chaotic.nl>
scuzzy, David Todd <scuzzy@aniverse.net>
spookey, David Colburn <spookey@spookey.org>
TimeMr14C, Yusuf Iskenderoglu <uhc0@stud.uni-karlsruhe.de>
toot, Toby Verrall <to7@antipope.fsnet.co.uk>
vx0, Mark Miller <mark@oc768.net>
wiz, Jason Dambrosio <jason@wiz.cx>
Xride, Søren Straarup <xride@x12.dk>
zb^3, Alfred Perlstein <alfred@freebsd.org>
Others are welcome. Always. And if we left anyone off the above list,
be sure to let us know that too. Many others have contributed to
previous versions of this ircd and its ancestors, too many to list
here.
Send bug fixes/complaints/rotten tomatoes to bugs@ircd-hybrid.org.

96
doc/Makefile.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
# $Id: Makefile.in 138 2005-09-12 00:48:18Z nenolod $
CC = @CC@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_BIN = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_SUID = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -o root -m 4755
RM = @RM@
LEX = @LEX@
LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@
CFLAGS = @IRC_CFLAGS@ -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"@prefix@\"
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
MKDEP = ${CC} -MM
MV = @MV@
RM = @RM@
CP = @CP@
TOUCH = @TOUCH@
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
exec_suffix = @exec_suffix@
bindir = @bindir@
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
confdir = @confdir@
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
# Change this later! -- adrian
moduledir = @moduledir@
automoduledir = @moduledir@/autoload
# Local to the etc Makefile
mandir = @mandir@/man8
MANPAGES = ircd.8
CONFS = example.conf reference.conf
DEFAULTCONFS = kline.conf dline.conf xline.conf resv.conf
SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@
SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@
IRCDLIBS = @LIBS@ $(SSL_LIBS)
INCLUDES = -I../include $(SSL_INCLUDES)
CPPFLAGS = ${INCLUDES} @CPPFLAGS@
install-mkdirs:
-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(confdir); then \
echo "mkdir $(confdir)"; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(confdir); \
fi
-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); then \
echo "mkdir $(mandir)"; \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); \
fi
install: install-mkdirs build
@echo "ircd: installing example config files ($(CONFS))"
@for i in $(CONFS); do \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/$$i; then \
$(MV) $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/$$i.old; \
fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(confdir); \
done
@for i in $(DEFAULTCONFS); do \
if test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/$$i; then \
echo "ircd: creating config file ($$i)"; \
${TOUCH} $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/$$i; \
fi; \
done
-@if test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/ircd.motd; then \
echo "ircd: installing motd file (ircd.motd)"; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) ircd.motd $(DESTDIR)$(confdir); \
fi
-@if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/links.txt; then \
$(RM) $(DESTDIR)$(confdir)/links.txt; \
fi
@echo "ircd: installing manpage"
@for i in $(MANPAGES); do \
if test ! -f $(DESTDIR)$(mandir)/$$i; then \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$i $(DESTDIR)$(mandir); \
fi; \
done
build:
clean:
depend:
lint:
distclean:
${RM} -f Makefile

17
doc/README.cidr_bans Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
$Id: README.cidr_bans 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
Basically what this patch does is allow for users to use cidr masks when
setting bans, exceptions, and invite invex(modes beI respectively). This
works for both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.
I won't go into details of how cidr works here, but to use them, you could
do something like:
/mode #foo +b *!*@10.0.0.0/8
/mode #foo +e *!*@10.0.10.0/24
Aaron Sethman <androsyn@ratbox.org>
August 06, 2002

18
doc/Ratbox-team Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
$Id: Ratbox-team 1640 2006-06-05 00:02:19Z jilles $
ircd-ratbox is an evolution where ircd-hybrid left off around version 7-rc1.
Currently the ircd-ratbox team consists of the following developers:
AndroSyn, Aaron Sethman <androsyn -at- ratbox.org>
anfl, Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
Special thanks for support, code and ideas to:
Hwy, W. Campbell <wcampbel -at- botbay.net>
jilles, Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
larne, Edward Brocklesby <ejb -at- sdf.lonestar.org>
Of course our work is based on the work of many, many others over the past
10 or so years since irc has existed, including the work done by the Hybrid
team, our thanks goes to them.

272
doc/Tao-of-IRC.940110 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
The Tao of Internet Relay Chat
Copyright (C) Ove Ruben R Olsen 1994
Version of 940110
Contributing masters: Master ScottM
-----
Something is formed by the electrons, born in the silent cable. Shaping
and growing and ungrowing. It is there yet not there. It is the source of
Internet Relay Chat. I do not know the name, thus I will call it the Tao
of Internet Relay Chat.
If the Tao is great, then the IRC is running ceaselessly. If the IRC is
great then the server is running without ever stoping. If the server is
great then the client will always be the server. The luser is then pleased
and there is Chat in the world.
The Tao of IRC squits far away and connects on returning.
-----
The genetic potential of birth, a lot to know, yet unknown.
In the begining there was nothing.
Out of nothing the Tao gave birth to tolsun.oulu.fi. tolsun gave birth to
OuluBox.
OuluBox gave birth to rmsg.
rmsg was not Tao, so MUT gave birth to IRC.
No one knows when IRC came into existance, the mighty master WiZ have it
to be at the end of the eight month in the year of the Dragon.
-----
Each channel has its purpose, however humble. Each channel is the Yin and
Yang of IRC. Each channels has it's place within the IRC.
In the beginning there was only channel 0, thus channel 0 is the soil of
IRC.
Channel 1 to channel 10 then was open as the sea. Channel 11 to 999 was the
trees and forests of IRC. Channels above 999 should not be mentioned, and
channels below 0 were unborn and contained many secrets.
This was not the right Tao, so IRC gave birth to +channels.
+channels had the yin and yang. Mode does not.
This was not the right Tao still, so IRC gave birth to #channels.
#channels have the yin and yang.
Only channel 0 is the right path to Tao, but avoid speaking on channel 0.
-----
There was a great dispute among the Broom-Walkers of the Relay. Some of them
wanted neither yin nor yang. Out of this Eris came into existance. Some of the
Broom-Walkers then created Eris Free-net.
This was the right Tao.
Kind Gentle and Boring Net was another wrong path to the Tao of Internet Relay
Chat.
Some time later there was a quantity of some lusers who wanted to be
Broom-Walkers also. The Eris Free Broom-Walkers did not agree with them,
thus a new IRC was born. This IRC is called the Undernet.
But this is not the right Tao, either.
-----
There will always be disputes among the Broom-Walkers of Internet Relay Chat.
This is the very nature of the IRC.
-----
Lusers that do not understand the Tao is always using the yang of Mode on
their channels. Lusers that do understand the Tao are always using Ignore
on their channels.
How could this not be so ?
-----
The wise sage luser is told about the Chat and uses it. The luser is told
about the IRC and is looking for it. The flock are told about the Tao and
make a fool of the IRC.
If there was no laughter, there would be no Tao.
-----
The master says:
"Without the Tao of Internet Relay Chat, life becomes meaningless."
The Relay of the old time was mysterious and sacred. We can neither imagine
its thoughts nor path; we are left but to describe.
-----
The sage luser must be aware like a frog crossing the highway.
-----
The great master Wumpus once dreamed that he was an automaton. When he awoke
he exclaimed:
"I don't know whether I am Wumpus dreaming that I am a client,
or a client dreaming that I am Wumpus!"
So was the first Automata born.
The master Nap then said:
"Any automata should not speak unless spoken to.
Any automata shall only whisper when spoken to."
Thus replied the master Gnarfer:
"The lusers shall keep in mind that a automata can be either good or
bad. Create good automata, and the IRC will hail you and you will
gain fame and fortune. Create bad automata and people will start to
hate you, and finaly you will be /KILLed to ethernal damnation"
Many lusers have fallen into the clutches of ethernal damnation. They where
not following the Tao.
-----
There once was a luser who went to #BotSex. Each day he saw the automatons.
The luser decided that he also would have such a automata.
He asked another luser for his automata. The other luser gave his automata
away.
The luser was not within the Tao, so he just started the automata. The automata
had only Yang inside so all the lusers files where deleted.
Some moons laither the same luser then had become a sage luser, and did create
his automata from the very grounds with materials found inside the IRC.
The luser was now within the Tao and his automata lived happily ever after.
-----
There once was a master who wrote automatons without the help of master Phone.
A novice luser, seeking to imitate him, began with the help of master Phone.
When the novice luser asked the master to evaluate his automata the master
replied: "What is a working automata for the master is not for the luser.
You must must BE the IRC before automating."
-----
Master BigCheese gave birth to master Troy; his duty clear. Master Troy gave
birth to master Phone, for the Tao of Irc must be eternal and must flow as the
ceaseless river of Time itself.
-----
Master Phone once said about the ircII client:
"public_msg is for a message from someone NOT on the channel
public_other is for a message on a channel that doesn't belong to
a window. public is for a message on a channel that belongs to a
window!"
Out of this raised the mighty chaos.
-----
The sage luser came to the master who wrote automata without the help of
master Phone. The sage luser asked the master who wrote automata: "Which is
easiest to make. A automata with the help of master Phone or an automata
made with the help of a language ?"
The master who wrote automata then replied:
"With the help of a language."
The sage luser was disapointed and exclaimed: "But, with master Phone you
do not need to know anything about the soil of IRC. Is not that the easiet
way ?"
"Not really" said the master who wrote automata, "when using master Phone
you are closed inside a box. For sure, it is a great box for the lusers,
but the master will need more power, thus a language is the only path to go.
With the language the master will never have to limit himself. When using
such a language the master will seek the best between the need and the
availibility."
"I see", said the sage luser.
This is the essence of Tao of IRC automatas.
-----
A client should be light and be used for communication. The spirit of a good
client is that it should be very convinient for the luser to use, but hard
for the luser who want to create automata.
There should never ever be too many functions or too few functions.
There should always be a ignore.
Without ignore the client is not within the Tao of Chating.
The client should always respond the luser with messages that will not
astnonish him too much. The server likewise. If the server does not, then it
is the clients job to explain what the server says.
A client which fails this, will be useless and cause confusion for the lusers.
The only way to correct this is to use another client or to write a new one.
-----
A luser asked the masters on #IrcHelp: "My client does not work".
The masters replied: "Upgrade your client".
The luser then wondered why the master knew. The master then told him about
the Protocol.
"Your client does not work beaucse it does not understand the server. Why
should it always work ? Only a fool would expect such. But, clients are made
by humans, and humans are not perfect. Only Tao is.
The IRC is solid. The IRC is floating, and will always be dynamic. Live with
that or /quit."
-----
The luser came to the masters of #IrcHelp, asking about the Tao of IRC within
the client.
The masters then said that the Tao of IRC always lies inside the client
regardless of how the client connects to the server.
"Is the Tao in irc ?" asked the luser.
"It so is" replied the masters of #IrcHelp.
"Is the Tao in the ircII, Kiwi, rxirc, vms, rockers and msa ?" asked the
luser.
"In all of them and in the TPC, irchat, zenirc, zircon X11-irc and even the
dos irc has the Tao" said the master quietly.
"Is the Tao in a telnet connection directly to the server ?"
The master then was quiet for a long time and said. "Please leave, such
questions are not within the Tao of IRC".
-----
The master says: "Without the Protocol of TCP the messages will not travel.
Without the client, the server is useless."
-----
There once was a luser who used the ircII client. "ircII can do anything I
ever need for using IRC" said the emacs client user, "I have /ON's, I have
assignments, I have aliasing. Why don't you use this instead of the huge
emacs client, which also has a messy screen?"
The emacs client user then replied by saying that "it is better to have a
scripting language that is the client instead of have a client that has
a scripting language." Upon hearing this, the ircII client luser fell silent.
-----
The master Wumpus said: "Time for you to leave. I did, now I'm happy."
The master Gnarfer replied: "Use, but never overuse IRC, then you will also
be happy within IRC"
-----
A luser came unto the masters of #EU-Opers and asked, "How can I be, yet not
be, a user@host within the IRC?"
The masters of #EU-Opers replied: "To be Tao is to be ones true self. To hide
ones self is not Tao, and is not IRC, you have much to learn before you shall
be at rest within the Flow of Irc. Please leave"

86
doc/challenge.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
------------------------------------------------------
- Oper Challenge/Response System Documentation -
- Copyright (C) 2006 Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk> -
- Copyright (C) 2006 ircd-ratbox development team -
------------------------------------------------------
The challenge/response system allows the ability to oper though public key
authentication, without the insecurity of oper passwords.
The challenge system documented here was redesigned in
ircd-ratbox-2.2/charybdis-1.1 and is not compatible with earlier versions.
This document does not describe the technical details of the challenge
system. If you are reading this as part of the ircd distribution, the
programs referred to are contained in ratbox-respond, see
http://respond.ircd-ratbox.org for more information and downloads.
- Challenge basics -
--------------------
When a user requests a challenge to oper up, the ircd takes some random
data, encodes it using the opers public key, encodes this output in base64
and sends it to the user as a challenge. The server then stores a hash of
the original random data.
The user must then decrypt the data using their private key and generate a
hash of the decrypted data. Then the hash is base64 encoded and sent back
to the server.
If the stored hash the server has matches the reply from the client, they
are opered up.
- Generating a public/private keypair -
---------------------------------------
The first step is to use the makekeypair script to generate a public and
private key. The public key is set in the ircd config (operator {};
rsa_public_key_file) instead of a password, and the private key should
be kept secret. It is highly recommended that the key is generated with
a secure password. Generating keys without a password is fundamentally
insecure.
The commands used in makekeypair to generate keys are as follows:
openssl genrsa -out private.key -aes256 2048
openssl rsa -in private.key -out public.key -pubout
If aes256 is not available, the following is used instead:
openssl genrsa -out private.key -des3 2048
- Building ratbox-respond -
---------------------------
If you are using the unix based ratbox-respond this must be built. For the
windows version, ratbox-winrespond, please see http://respond.ircd-ratbox.org
ratbox-respond takes the challenge from the server, and together with your
private key file generates a response to be sent back. ratbox-respond
requires the openssl headers (ie, development files) and openssl libraries
are installed for compilation.
Change into the ratbox-respond directory, and run:
./configure
make
This will generate a 'ratbox-respond' binary, which you may place wherever
you like. If configure does not detect your openssl installation, you may
pass it the directory where it is installed to via --enable-openssl, this
should be the base directory which has lib/ and include/openssl/ within it:
./configure --enable-openssl=/path/to/opensslbase
- Opering up -
--------------
Once you have your public key set in ircd and built ratbox-respond, you oper
up by issuing "/challenge <opername>". You should then run:
/path/to/ratbox-respond /path/to/private.key
and input the challenge. This will give you a response to paste back to the
server. The ratbox-respond binary also accepts piped input, see
ratbox-respond/README for more information.
A number of scripts for clients have already been written to automate this
process, see client-scripts/README for more information.
--
$Id: challenge.txt 678 2006-02-03 20:25:01Z jilles $

41
doc/collision_fnc.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
Nick collision FNC
Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
--------------------------------------
Nick collision FNC performs a forced nick change to the user's UID instead
of a kill. The criteria for which user may keep the nick are the same as
before. Server notices will say the clients are being "saved" instead of
"killed". The client will get a 043 numeric, like this:
:<server> 043 <uid> :Nick collision, forcing nick change to your unique ID
The following conditions must be fulfilled:
- All servers on the network must allow remote nicks starting with a digit.
This is not checked; if this is not fulfilled, users will be killed right
after being FNCed.
- All servers on the path between the two clients must support TS6 and
nick collision FNC (SAVE capab). If this is not fulfilled, the collision is
resolved with kills as before. (This uses the ENCAP GCAP data for remotes.)
- The general::collision_fnc option must be enabled on the server(s) that
detect the collision.
Technical details:
The following message is used to propagate the nick change coming from the
server that detected the collision:
:<sid> SAVE <uid> <ts>
The TS is compared to the current nick TS for the user; if it is not equal,
the message is dropped. This prevents nick desyncs if the user changed their
nick after being collided. A SAVE message also generates a server notice to
+k.
The SAVE message is used for propagation to the target's server, and also
in several other cases if the destination supports SAVE. In other cases, a
normal nick change or introduction with the UID as nick is sent.
--
$Id: collision_fnc.txt 276 2005-10-02 20:23:15Z jilles $

422
doc/example.conf Executable file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
/* doc/example.conf - brief example configuration file
*
* Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Hybrid Development Team
* Copyright (C) 2002-2005 ircd-ratbox development team
* Copyright (C) 2005-2006 charybdis development team
*
* $Id: example.conf 3131 2007-01-21 15:36:31Z jilles $
*
* See reference.conf for more information.
*/
/* Extensions */
#loadmodule "extensions/createauthonly.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/extb_account.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/extb_canjoin.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/extb_channel.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/extb_extgecos.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/extb_oper.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/extb_realname.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/extb_server.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/hurt.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/ip_cloaking.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/m_findforwards.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/m_identify.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/no_oper_invis.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/sno_farconnect.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/sno_globalkline.so";
#loadmodule "extensions/sno_globaloper.so";
serverinfo {
name = "hades.arpa";
use_ts6 = yes;
sid = "42X";
description = "charybdis test server";
network_name = "AthemeNET";
network_desc = "Your IRC network.";
hub = yes;
/* On multi-homed hosts you may need the following. These define
* the addresses we connect from to other servers. */
/* for IPv4 */
#vhost = "192.169.0.1";
/* for IPv6 */
#vhost6 = "3ffe:80e8:546::2";
};
admin {
name = "Lazy admin (lazya)";
description = "AthemeNET client server";
email = "nobody@127.0.0.1";
};
log {
fname_userlog = "logs/userlog";
#fname_fuserlog = "logs/fuserlog";
fname_operlog = "logs/operlog";
#fname_foperlog = "logs/foperlog";
fname_serverlog = "logs/serverlog";
fname_glinelog = "logs/glinelog";
#fname_klinelog = "logs/klinelog";
fname_killlog = "logs/killlog";
fname_operspylog = "logs/operspylog";
#fname_ioerrorlog = "logs/ioerror";
};
/* class {} blocks MUST be specified before anything that uses them. That
* means they must be defined before auth {} and before connect {}.
*/
class "users" {
ping_time = 2 minutes;
number_per_ident = 10;
number_per_ip = 10;
number_per_ip_global = 50;
cidr_bitlen = 64;
number_per_cidr = 8;
max_number = 3000;
sendq = 400 kbytes;
};
class "opers" {
ping_time = 5 minutes;
number_per_ip = 10;
max_number = 1000;
sendq = 1 megabyte;
};
class "server" {
ping_time = 5 minutes;
connectfreq = 5 minutes;
max_number = 1;
sendq = 4 megabytes;
};
listen {
/* If you want to listen on a specific IP only, specify host.
* host definitions apply only to the following port line.
*/
#host = "192.169.0.1";
port = 5000, 6665 .. 6669;
/* Listen on IPv6 (if you used host= above). */
#host = "3ffe:1234:a:b:c::d";
#port = 5000, 6665 .. 6669;
};
/* auth {}: allow users to connect to the ircd (OLD I:)
* auth {} blocks MUST be specified in order of precedence. The first one
* that matches a user will be used. So place spoofs first, then specials,
* then general access, then restricted.
*/
auth {
/* user: the user@host allowed to connect. multiple IPv4/IPv6 user
* lines are permitted per auth block.
*/
user = "*@172.16.0.0/12";
user = "*test@123D:B567:*";
/* password: an optional password that is required to use this block.
* By default this is not encrypted, specify the flag "encrypted" in
* flags = ...; below if it is.
*/
password = "letmein";
/* spoof: fake the users user@host to be be this. You may either
* specify a host or a user@host to spoof to. This is free-form,
* just do everyone a favour and dont abuse it. (OLD I: = flag)
*/
spoof = "I.still.hate.packets";
/* Possible flags in auth:
*
* encrypted | password is encrypted with mkpasswd
* spoof_notice | give a notice when spoofing hosts
* exceed_limit (old > flag) | allow user to exceed class user limits
* kline_exempt (old ^ flag) | exempt this user from k/g/xlines&dnsbls
* dnsbl_exempt | exempt this user from dnsbls
* gline_exempt (old _ flag) | exempt this user from glines
* spambot_exempt | exempt this user from spambot checks
* shide_exempt | exempt this user from serverhiding
* jupe_exempt | exempt this user from generating
* warnings joining juped channels
* resv_exempt | exempt this user from resvs
* flood_exempt | exempt this user from flood limits
* USE WITH CAUTION.
* no_tilde (old - flag) | don't prefix ~ to username if no ident
* need_ident (old + flag) | require ident for user in this class
* need_sasl | require SASL id for user in this class
*/
flags = kline_exempt, exceed_limit;
/* class: the class the user is placed in */
class = "opers";
};
auth {
user = "*@*";
class = "users";
};
operator "god" {
/* name: the name of the oper must go above */
/* user: the user@host required for this operator. CIDR *is*
* supported now. auth{} spoofs work here, other spoofs do not.
* multiple user="" lines are supported.
*/
user = "*god@127.0.0.1";
/* password: the password required to oper. Unless ~encrypted is
* contained in flags = ...; this will need to be encrypted using
* mkpasswd, MD5 is supported
*/
password = "etcnjl8juSU1E";
/* rsa key: the public key for this oper when using Challenge.
* A password should not be defined when this is used, see
* doc/challenge.txt for more information.
*/
#rsa_public_key_file = "/usr/local/ircd/etc/oper.pub";
/* umodes: the specific umodes this oper gets when they oper.
* If this is specified an oper will not be given oper_umodes
* These are described above oper_only_umodes in general {};
*/
#umodes = locops, servnotice, operwall, wallop;
/* snomask: specific server notice mask on oper up.
* If this is specified an oper will not be given oper_snomask.
*/
snomask = "+Zbfkrsuy";
/* privileges: controls the activities and commands an oper is
* allowed to do on the server. You may prefix an option with ~ to
* disable it, ie ~operwall
*
* Default flags are operwall, remoteban and encrypted.
*
* Available options:
*
* encrypted: the password above is encrypted [DEFAULT]
* local_kill: allows local users to be /KILL'd
* global_kill: allows local and remote users to be
* /KILL'd (OLD 'O' flag)
* remote: allows remote SQUIT and CONNECT (OLD 'R' flag)
* kline: allows KILL, KLINE and DLINE (OLD 'K' flag)
* unkline: allows UNKLINE and UNDLINE (OLD 'U' flag)
* gline: allows GLINE (OLD 'G' flag)
* nick_changes: allows oper to see nickchanges (OLD 'N' flag)
* via usermode +n
* rehash: allows oper to REHASH config (OLD 'H' flag)
* die: allows DIE and RESTART (OLD 'D' flag)
* admin: gives admin privileges. admins
* may (un)load modules and see the
* real IPs of servers.
* hidden_admin: gives admin privileges except
* will not have the admin lines in
* stats p and whois.
* xline: allows use of /quote xline/unxline
* operwall: allows the oper to send operwalls [DEFAULT]
* oper_spy: allows 'operspy' features to see through +s
* channels etc. see /quote help operspy
* hidden_oper: hides the oper from /stats p (OLD UMODE +p)
* remoteban: allows remote kline etc [DEFAULT]
*/
flags = global_kill, remote, kline, unkline, gline,
die, rehash, admin, xline, operwall;
};
connect "irc.uplink.com" {
host = "192.168.0.1";
send_password = "password";
accept_password = "anotherpassword";
port = 6666;
hub_mask = "*";
class = "server";
flags = compressed, topicburst;
/* If the connection is IPv6, uncomment below */
#aftype = ipv6;
};
service {
name = "services.int";
};
cluster {
name = "*";
flags = kline, tkline, unkline, xline, txline, unxline, resv, tresv, unresv;
};
shared {
oper = "*@*", "*";
flags = all, rehash;
};
/* exempt {}: IPs that are exempt from Dlines. (OLD d:) */
exempt {
ip = "127.0.0.1";
};
channel {
use_invex = yes;
use_except = yes;
use_knock = yes;
use_forward = yes;
invite_ops_only = yes;
knock_delay = 5 minutes;
knock_delay_channel = 1 minute;
max_chans_per_user = 15;
max_bans = 100;
max_bans_large = 500;
default_split_user_count = 0;
default_split_server_count = 0;
no_create_on_split = no;
no_join_on_split = no;
burst_topicwho = yes;
kick_on_split_riding = no;
};
serverhide {
flatten_links = yes;
links_delay = 5 minutes;
hidden = no;
disable_hidden = no;
};
/* These are the blacklist settings.
* You can have multiple combinations of host and rejection reasons.
* They are used in pairs of one host/rejection reason.
*
* These settings should be adequate for most networks, and are (presently)
* required for use on AthemeNet.
*
* Word to the wise: Do not use blacklists like SPEWS for blocking IRC
* connections.
*
* Note: AHBL (the providers of the below BLs) request that they be
* contacted, via email, at admins@2mbit.com before using these BLs.
* See <http://www.ahbl.org/services.php> for more information.
*/
#blacklist {
# host = "ircbl.ahbl.org";
# reject_reason = "You have a host listed in the ircbl.ahbl.org blacklist.";
#
# host = "tor.ahbl.org";
# reject_reason = "You are connecting from a TOR exit node.";
#};
alias "NickServ" {
target = "NickServ";
};
alias "ChanServ" {
target = "ChanServ";
};
alias "OperServ" {
target = "OperServ";
};
alias "MemoServ" {
target = "MemoServ";
};
alias "NS" {
target = "NickServ";
};
alias "CS" {
target = "ChanServ";
};
alias "OS" {
target = "OperServ";
};
alias "MS" {
target = "MemoServ";
};
general {
hide_error_messages = opers;
hide_spoof_ips = yes;
/*
* default_umodes: umodes to enable on connect.
* If you have enabled the ip_cloaking module, and you want
* to make use of it, add +h to this option, i.e.:
* default_umodes = "+ih";
*/
default_umodes = "+i";
default_operstring = "is an IRC Operator";
default_adminstring = "is a Server Administrator";
servicestring = "is a Network Service";
disable_fake_channels = no;
tkline_expire_notices = no;
default_floodcount = 10;
failed_oper_notice = yes;
dots_in_ident=2;
dot_in_ip6_addr = no;
min_nonwildcard = 4;
min_nonwildcard_simple = 3;
max_accept = 100;
max_monitor = 100;
anti_nick_flood = yes;
max_nick_time = 20 seconds;
max_nick_changes = 5;
anti_spam_exit_message_time = 5 minutes;
ts_warn_delta = 30 seconds;
ts_max_delta = 5 minutes;
client_exit = yes;
collision_fnc = yes;
global_snotices = yes;
dline_with_reason = yes;
kline_delay = 0 seconds;
kline_with_reason = yes;
kline_reason = "K-Lined";
identify_service = "NickServ@services.int";
identify_command = "IDENTIFY";
non_redundant_klines = yes;
warn_no_nline = yes;
stats_e_disabled = no;
stats_c_oper_only=no;
stats_h_oper_only=no;
stats_y_oper_only=no;
stats_o_oper_only=yes;
stats_P_oper_only=no;
stats_i_oper_only=masked;
stats_k_oper_only=masked;
map_oper_only = no;
operspy_admin_only = no;
operspy_dont_care_user_info = no;
caller_id_wait = 1 minute;
pace_wait_simple = 1 second;
pace_wait = 10 seconds;
short_motd = no;
ping_cookie = no;
connect_timeout = 30 seconds;
disable_auth = no;
no_oper_flood = yes;
glines = no;
gline_time = 1 day;
gline_min_cidr = 16;
idletime = 0;
max_targets = 4;
client_flood = 20;
use_whois_actually = no;
oper_only_umodes = operwall, locops, servnotice;
oper_umodes = locops, servnotice, operwall, wallop;
oper_snomask = "+s";
burst_away = yes;
nick_delay = 0 seconds; # 15 minutes if you want to enable this
reject_ban_time = 1 minute;
reject_after_count = 3;
reject_duration = 5 minutes;
};
modules {
path = "modules";
path = "modules/autoload";
};

92
doc/extban.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
Extended bans
Jilles Tjoelker <jilles -at- stack.nl>
--------------------------------------
Extended bans (ban conditionals) allow different checks than the usual
nick!user@host or nick!user@ip match to determine whether someone should
be banned, quieted, exempted or invited.
Extended bans are of the form $[~]<type>[:<data>]. The <type> is one
character (case insensitive) and determines the type of match. Most types
allow or require an extra field <data>. If the tilde (~) is present, the
result of the comparison will be negated, unless the ban is invalid in which
case it will never match. Invalid bans are ones where <data> is missing but
required or where <data> is otherwise invalid as noted below.
Unless noted below, all types can be used with +b, +q, +e and +I.
If any extended ban types are loaded, they are listed in 005 (RPL_ISUPPORT)
as EXTBAN=$:<types>.
Local users cannot add extended bans of an unknown type or invalid bans. If a
remote user adds an extended ban of an unknown type, the mode change is
processed normally. Furthermore, extended bans of an unknown type can always be
listed or removed.
The ability to send to a channel is cached; this cache may not be updated
if a condition for an extended ban changes. To work around this, part and
rejoin the channel, or add or remove a +b, +q or +e entry.
The extban types that come with charybdis are:
extb_account.so
$a
matches all logged in users
$a:<mask>
matches users logged in with a username matching the mask (* and ? wildcards)
extb_channel.so
$c:<channel>
matches users who are on the given channel; this is only valid if the channel
exists and is not +s or +p. (The ops of the channel the ban is on cannot
necessarily see whether the user is in the target channel, so it should not
influence whether they can join either.)
extb_oper.so
$o
matches opers (most useful with +I)
extb_realname.so
$r:<mask>
matches users with a realname (gecos) matching the mask (* and ? wildcards);
this can only be used with +b and +q
extb_server.so
$s:<mask>
matches users connected to a server matching the mask (* and ? wildcards);
this can only be used with +b and +q
Comparisons:
+b $~a is similar to +r but also prevents not logged in users talking or
changing their nick while on channel.
+iI $o is the same as +O in dreamforge-derived ircds.
Creating extban types:
extban_table, indexed by the extban character, contains function pointers
of the following type:
typedef int (*ExtbanFunc)(const char *data, struct Client *client_p,
struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type);
The arguments are as follows:
data: the text after the colon, NULL if there was no colon
client_p: the client to check; this is always a local client, which may be
on or off channel
chptr: the channel
mode_type: CHFL_BAN, CHFL_QUIET, CHFL_EXCEPTION or CHFL_INVEX
The return value:
EXTBAN_INVALID: the mask is invalid, it never matches even if negated and
cannot be added; if this is returned for one client_p it must be returned
for all
EXTBAN_NOMATCH: the client_p does not match the mask
EXTBAN_MATCH: the client_p matches the mask
The function is called whenever a (local) client needs to be checked against
a +bqeI entry of the given extban type, and whenever a local client tries to
add such an entry. (Clients are allowed to add bans matching themselves.)
--
$Id: extban.txt 1639 2006-06-04 23:26:47Z jilles $

122
doc/hooks.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
Hook documentation - <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
------------------------------------------
Documentation on how to actually develop code to use hooks is contained in
contrib/example_module.c, this document simply describes which hooks are
available.
There are various hook structures available that may be passed to hooks:
hook_data - struct Client *client; const void *arg1;
const void *arg2;
hook_data_int - struct Client *client; const void *arg1; int arg2;
hook_data_client - struct Client *client; struct Client *target;
hook_data_channel - struct Client *client; struct Channel *chptr;
Spy Hooks
---------
The following spy hooks are called only when the request is handled by the
local server. They will not be called if the command is being sent remotely
for another server to handle:
"doing_admin" - Passes hook_data:
hdata->client = client requesting ADMIN
"doing_info" - Passes hook_data:
hdata->client = client requesting INFO
"doing_links" - Passes hook_data:
hdata->client = client doing LINKS
(const char *) hdata->arg1 = optional mask
"doing_motd" - Passes hook_data:
hdata->client = client doing MOTD
"doing_stats" - Passes hook_data_int:
hdata->client = client doing STATS
(const char *) hdata->arg1 = optional stats l target
(char) hdata->arg2 = statchar being requested
"doing_stats_p" - Passes hook_data:
hdata->client = client doing STATS p
"doing_trace" - Passes hook_data_client:
hdata->client = client doing TRACE
hdata->target = optional target of TRACE
"doing_whois" - Passes hook_data_client:
hdata->client = local client doing WHOIS
hdata->target = target of WHOIS
"doing_whois_global" - Passes hook_data_client:
hdata->client = remote client doing WHOIS
hdata->target = target of WHOIS
Netburst Hooks
--------------
The following burst hooks are called when we are sending a netburst to a
server.
"burst_client" - Sent after we have just burst a user.
Passes hook_data_client:
hdata->client = server we are bursting to
hdata->target = user we have just burst
"burst_channel" - Sent after we have just burst a channel.
Passes hook_data_channel:
hdata->client = server we are bursting to
hdata->chptr = channel we have just burst
"burst_finished" - Sent after we have just finished bursting users/chans
Passes hook_data_client:
hdata->client = server we are bursting to
Server Hooks
------------
The following hooks are called during server connects/exits.
"server_eob" - Sent after a server finishes bursting to us.
Passes struct Client, the server that has
finished bursting.
"server_introduced" - Sent after a server is introduced to the network,
local or remote.
Passes hook_data_client:
hdata->client = uplink server (&me if local)
hdata->target = server being introduced
Client Hooks
------------
The following hooks are called during various events related to clients.
"introduce_client" - Sent after introducing a client to the (rest of the)
network.
Passes hook_data_client:
hdata->client = server that introduced this client
hdata->target = client being introduced
"new_local_user" - Sent just before introducing a new local user
to the network.
Passes struct Client, the client being introduced.
"new_remote_user" - Sent just before introducing a new remote user
to the rest of the network.
Passes struct Client, the client being introduced.
"umode_changed" - Sent each time a user's mode or snomask changes.
Passes hook_data_umode_changed:
client = client whose modes are changing
oldumodes = new user mode field
oldsnomask = new snomask field
The following are for debugging and take struct hook_io_data for arguments.
These can be used for a variety of purposes, but are aimed at the developer
community.
"iosend"
"iorecv"
"iorecvctrl"
$Id: hooks.txt 710 2006-02-06 03:10:01Z gxti $

29
doc/index.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
# $Id: index.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
Here is the overview of the documents in the doc/ directory.
CIDR.txt - Description of CIDR in IPv4
Tao-of-IRC.940110 - No comment...
challenge.txt - Overview of the challenge/response system for
obtaining operator status
example.conf - An example ircd.conf file describing most of the
user settable options
guidelines.txt - Documentation guidelines
hooks.txt - Overview of the hooks available
index.txt - This file
ircd.8 - The new revised manpage, read with the following
commands in the prefix directory:
man -M . ircd
ircd.motd - A default ircd.motd used by make install
logfiles.txt - Description of formatting of some logfiles
modeg.txt - An in depth description of the server side silence
user mode (+g)
modes.txt - A list of all user and channel modes
operguide.txt - EFnet operator's guide
opermyth.txt - Oper myth's, describes what opers can and cannot do
server-version-info - Overview of the flags shown in /version
whats-new.txt - What new features are available
Also in the contrib/ directory you will find:
example_module.c - An example module, detailing what the code in a module
does. Useful for building your own modules.

122
doc/ircd.8 Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
.\" @(#)ircd.8 2.0 22 April 2004
.\" $Id: ircd.8 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
.TH IRCD 8 "ircd-ratbox 22 April 2004
.SH NAME
ircd \- The Internet Relay Chat Program Server
.SH SYNOPSIS
.hy 0
.IP \fBircd\fP
[-dlinefile filename] [-configfile filename] [-klinefile filename]
[-logfile filename] [-pidfile filename] [-resvfile filename]
[-xlinefile filename] [-conftest] [-foreground] [-version]
.SH DESCRIPTION
.LP
\fIircd\fP is the server (daemon) program for the Internet Relay Chat
Program. The \fIircd\fP is a server in that its function is to "serve"
the client program \fIirc(1)\fP with messages and commands. All commands
and user messages are passed directly to the \fIircd\fP for processing
and relaying to other ircd sites.
.SH OPTIONS
.TP
.B \-dlinefile filename
Specifies the D-line file to be used. This file is used for both reading
D-lines at startup, and writing to while \fIircd\fP is running.
.TP
.B \-configfile filename
Specifies the ircd.conf file to be used for this ircdaemon. The option
is used to override the default ircd.conf given at compile time.
.TP
.B \-klinefile filename
Specifies the K-line file to be used. This file is used for both reading
K-lines at startup, and writing to while \fIircd\fP is running.
.TP
.B \-logfile filename
Specifies an alternative logfile to be used than that specified in config.h
.TP
.B \-pidfile filename
Specifies the ircd.pid used. The option is used to override the default
ircd.pid given at compile time.
.TP
.B \-resvfile filename
Specifies the resv.conf file to be used for this ircdaemon. The option
is used to override the default resv.conf given at compile time.
.TP
.B \-xlinefile filename
Specifies the xline.conf file to be used for this ircdaemon. The option
is used to override the default xline.conf given at compile time.
.TP
.B \-conftest
Makes \fIircd\fP check the ircd.conf for errors
.TP
.B \-foreground
Makes \fIircd\fP run in the foreground
.TP
.B \-version
Makes \fIircd\fP print its version, and exit.
.SH USAGE
If you plan to connect your \fIircd\fP server to an existing Irc-Network,
you will need to alter your local IRC configuration file (typically named
"ircd.conf") so that it will accept and make connections to other \fIircd\fP
servers. This file contains the hostnames, Network Addresses, and sometimes
passwords for connections to other ircds around the world. Because
description of the actual file format of the "ircd.conf" file is beyond the
scope of this document, please refer to the file INSTALL in the IRC source
files documentation directory.
.LP
.SH BOOTING THE SERVER
The \fIircd\fP server can be started as part of the
Unix boot procedure or just by placing the server into Unix Background.
Keep in mind that if it is \fBnot\fP part of your Unix's boot-up procedure
then you will have to manually start the \fIircd\fP server each time your
Unix is rebooted. This means if your Unix is prone to crashing
or going for for repairs a lot it would make sense to start the \fIircd\fP
server as part of your UNIX bootup procedure.
.SH EXAMPLE
.RS
.nf
tolsun% \fBbin/ircd\fP
.fi
.RE
.LP
Places \fIircd\fP into Unix background and starts up the server for use.
Note: You do not have to add the "&" to this command, the program will
automatically detach itself from tty.
.RS
.nf
leguin% \fBbin/ircd -foreground\fP
.fi
.RE
.LP
Runs ircd in the foreground.
.RS
.nf
.SH COPYRIGHT
(c) 1988,1989 University of Oulu, Computing Center, Finland,
.LP
(c) 1988,1989 Department of Information Processing Science,
University of Oulu, Finland
.LP
(c) 1988,1989,1990,1991 Jarkko Oikarinen
.LP
(c) 1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 The IRCD-Hybrid project.
.LP
For full COPYRIGHT see LICENSE file with IRC package.
.LP
.RE
.SH FILES
"ircd.conf"
.SH "SEE ALSO"
ircd.conf(5)
.SH BUGS
None... ;-) if somebody finds one, please inform author
.SH AUTHOR
irc2.8 and earlier: Jarkko Oikarinen, currently jto@tolsun.oulu.fi.
.LP
ircd-hybrid-7: IRCD-Hybrid Project, ircd-hybrid@the-project.org.
.LP
manual page written by Jeff Trim, jtrim@orion.cair.du.edu,
later modified by jto@tolsun.oulu.fi.
.LP
modified for ircd-hybrid-7 by Edward Brocklesby, ejb@klamath.uucp.leguin.org.uk.
.LP
updated by W. Campbell, wcampbel@botbay.net

2
doc/ircd.motd Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
This is charybdis MOTD you might replace it, but if not your friends will
laugh at you.

36
doc/logfiles.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
ircd-ratbox logfiles - Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
$Id: logfiles.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
---------------------------
fname_killlog
-------------
<date> <time> <token> <source> <target> <targets server> <reason>
Where token is one of:
L = local oper, local target
G = local oper, remote target
R = remote oper, remote target
O = remote oper, local target
S = server
fname_glinelog
--------------
<date> <time> <token> <src nick> <src username> <src host> <src server> <user> <host> <reason>
Where token is one of:
R = gline request
T = gline trigger, always by previous three requests
fname_klinelog
--------------
<date> <time> [U]<token> <source> <time> <info> <reason>[|<oper_reason>]
Time is always in minutes, 0 for permanent
If 'U' is specified before token, it is a removal rather than an addition.
Token is one of:
K = kline
D = dline
X = xline
R = resv

140
doc/modeg.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
User Mode +g Documentation
Hybrid 7 includes a new and power feature that all users can take advantage
of to help prevent flooding and unwanted messages. This new feature is
invoked by setting user mode +g. When a client is set +g, that user will
be in "Caller ID" mode. Any user that messages a +g client will receive
a notice saying that they are in +g (server side ignore) mode. The target
client (who is set +g) will also receive a notice saying that so and so
messaged them, and that they are in +g mode.
The target of the message will only receive one notification per minute, from
any client, in order to help prevent flooding. The sender will NOT have the
rate limit, and will receive a notice saying the target is in +g mode every
time they send a message. Note that this behavior is similar to the way AWAY
messages are done.
There are numerous benefits for both opers and regular users, including the
ability to stop spambot messages from ever reaching your client, stopping
private message and CTCP floods, and being able to sit on IRC in privacy.
One question that arises is how to message specific users, while blocking
out everyone else. The command ACCEPT is your answer. To add a user to
your accept list, issue the raw command ACCEPT <nick>,<nick>,<nick>,...
You will not receive a reply from the ACCEPT command if it is succesful,
only if an error has occured. There are three possible errors, shown by
numerics:
ERR_ACCEPTFULL (456): :irc.server 456 client :Accept list is full
- This is sent when an accept list is full.
ERR_ACCEPTEXIST (457): :irc.server 457 client target :already exists
- This is sent when a client tries to add a user to the accept list
that already exists there
ERR_ACCEPTNOT (458): :irc.server 458 client target :doesnt exist
- This is sent when a client tries to remove a user from their accept
list who is not on the accept list.
That user will now be able to send messages to your client until the
association is broken.
Associations break in one of the following situations: when an accepted user
QUIT's (or is on the other side of a split), you QUIT, or the accepted user
changes their nick. The reason why a remote user's nick change will remove
them from your accept list is so that you cannot track a user after they
changed their nick.
Viewing the accept list is also very easy. Issue the raw command ACCEPT *.
Removing a user from your accept list is also simple. Issue the command
ACCEPT -<nick>.
Sample Session
The easiest way to see how this works is by experiencing it. Seeing a sample
session can help understand what goes on though.
Client Hwy-LL is set +g initially.
Client Hwy101 wants to message Hwy-LL
Note that some clients may have to use /quote ACCEPT instead of /accept.
--
Client Hwy101: /msg Hwy-LL hi
Hwy101 will see: -Hwy-LL- *** I'm in +g mode (server side ignore).
-Hwy-LL- *** I've been informed you messaged me.
Hwy-LL will see: Client Hwy101 [wcampbel@admin.irc.monkie.org] is messaging
you and you are +g
The sender will receive the NOTICE from the target of the message, while
the recipient will receive the NOTICE from the server.
--
If Hwy101 sends another message to Hwy-LL (before the minute expires), he will
see: -Hwy-LL- *** I'm in +g mode (server side ignore).
and will not receive the second notice
Hwy-LL will NOT see any notice.
--
Hwy-LL now wishes to see messages from Hwy101 and SpamBot
Client Hwy-LL: /accept Hwy101,SpamBot
Neither side will be told of the change in the accept list, Hwy-LL should
presume that the accept was succesful if no error occurs.
Now Hwy-LL can see messages from Hwy101 and SpamBot without any blockage.
If Hwy101 was also set +g, then he would have to issue /accept Hwy-LL
before he would be able to see messages from Hwy-LL.
--
Hwy-LL now wants to see who is on his accept list.
Client Hwy-LL: /accept *
Hwy-LL will see:
irc.server 281 Hwy-LL Hwy101 SpamBot
irc.server 282 Hwy-LL :End of /ACCEPT list
The replies are in numeric form to help parsing by scripts.
--
Hwy-LL realises he added a spambot to his list, and wants to remove it, and
allow messages from services
Client Hwy-LL: /accept -SpamBot,services
Hwy-LL will now only accept messages from Hwy101 and services.
--
The nicks to be added can be in ANY order, however you cannot add or remove
AND list.
/ACCEPT x,y,-z,f,-a would be acceptable.
/ACCEPT x,y,-z,* would ignore the * and generate an invalid nick
response.
Like Dalnet and Undernet's SILENCE system, the accept list only exists while
you are connected to IRC. In order for you to have the same accept list
every time you come onto IRC, you must put the accept commands into your
client's auto-perform, or manually issue the commands each time.
This system may seem similar to the SILENCE system, but it is actually a
reverse SILENCE. SILENCE ignores certain users and allows the rest. Mode
+g ignores all users except certain ones (on your accept list.) Both systems
have their place, but the mode +g in Hybrid 7 is what the developers thought
would be most useful for clients.
The goals of this user mode is to provide protection from flooding and
spamming, and to provide users with a means to keep their privacy.
We hope that these goals are obtained.
--
W. Campbell
$Id: modeg.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

10
doc/modes.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
Standard user modes are listed in help/opers/umode
Standard server notice masks are listed in help/opers/snomask
Standard channel modes are listed in help/opers/cmode
The sgml docs have more detailed descriptions.
User mode +h (hide hostname) is provided by contrib/ip_cloaking.so
Server notice mask +F (far connects) is provided by contrib/sno_farconnect.so
# $Id: modes.txt 996 2006-03-09 01:14:34Z jilles $

111
doc/monitor.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
MONITOR - Protocol for notification of when clients become online/offline
Lee Hardy <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
$Id: monitor.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Currently, ISON requests by clients use a large amount of bandwidth. It is
expected that it is more efficient for this to be done by the server at the
expense of cpu cycles. The WATCH implementation that was designed to counter
this is (in my opinion) severely flawed. This protocol was designed to
provide a cleaner implementation.
The command used throughout this specification is "MONITOR".
Each use of the MONITOR command takes a special modifier, indicating
the operation being performed. The client MUST NOT attempt to specify
more than one modifier. Only one special modifier may be used per MONITOR
command.
Thus it is impossible to combine additions to the list with removals from
the list -- these MUST be done with two seperate commands.
A client MUST NOT issue the MONITOR command more than once per second.
Any attempts to do so will generate an error.
In commands and numerics where multiple nicknames may occur, the length of
the nickname list is limited only by the buffer size of 512 chars, as
defined in RFC1459.
Support of this specification is indicated by the MONITOR token in
RPL_ISUPPORT (005). This token takes an optional parameter, of the maximum
amount of nicknames a client may have in their monitor list. If no
parameter is specified, there is no limit. A typical token would be:
MONITOR=100
MONITOR + nick[,nick2]*
-----------------------
Adds the given list of nicknames to the list of nicknames being monitored.
If any of the nicknames being added are online, the server will generate
RPL_MONONLINE numerics listing those nicknames that are online.
If any of the nicknames being added are offline, the server will generate
RPL_MONOFFLINE numerics listing those nicknames that are offline.
MONITOR - nick[,nick2]*
-----------------------
Removes the given list of nicknames from the list of nicknames being
monitored. No output will be returned for use of this command.
MONITOR C
---------
Clears the list of nicknames being monitored. No output will be returned
for use of this command.
MONITOR L
---------
Outputs the current list of nicknames being monitored. All output will use
RPL_MONLIST, and the output will be terminated with RPL_ENDOFMONLIST
MONITOR S
---------
Outputs for each nickname in the list being monitored, whether the client is
online or offline. All nicks that are online will be sent using
RPL_MONONLINE, all nicks that are offline will be sent using RPL_MONOFFLINE.
The list will be terminated with RPL_ENDOFMONLIST.
Numeric replies
---------------
730 - RPL_MONONLINE
-------------------
:<server> 730 <nick> :nick!user@host[,nick!user@host]*
This numeric is used to indicate to a client that either a nickname has just
become online, or that a nickname they have added to their monitor list is
online.
731 - RPL_MONOFFLINE
--------------------
:<server> 731 <nick> :nick[,nick1]*
This numeric is used to indicate to a client that either a nickname has just
left the irc network, or that a nickname they have added to their monitor
list is offline.
The argument is a chained list of nicknames that are offline.
732 - RPL_MONLIST
-----------------
:<server> 732 <nick> :nick[,nick1]*
This numeric is used to indicate to a client the list of nicknames they have
in their monitor list.
733 - RPL_ENDOFMONLIST
------------------------
:<server> 733 <nick> :End of MONITOR list
This numeric is used to indicate to a client the end of a monitor list.
734 - ERR_MONLISTFULL
---------------------
:<server> 734 <nick> <limit> <nicks> :Monitor list is full.
This numeric is used to indicate to a client that their monitor list is
full, so the command failed. The <limit> parameter is the maximum number of
nicknames a client may have in their list, the <nicks> parameter is the list
of nicknames, as the client sent them, that cannot be added.

137
doc/old/Authors Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
/************************************************************************
* IRC - Internet Relay Chat, doc/AUTHORS
* Copyright (C) 1990
*
* AUTHORS FILE:
* This file attempts to remember all contributors to the IRC
* developement. Names can be only added this file, no name
* should never be removed. This file must be included into all
* distributions of IRC and derived works.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
* any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
*/
IRC was conceived of and written by Jarkko Oikarinen <jto@tolsun.oulu.fi>.
IRC was originally written in University of Oulu, Computing Center.
Jan 1991 - IRC 2.6 jto@tolsun.oulu.fi
- Multiple Channels and protocol changes
Contributions were made by a cast of dozens, including the following:
Markku Jarvinen <mta@tut.fi>: Emacs-like editing facility for the client
Kimmo Suominen <kim@kannel.lut.fi>: HP-UX port
Jeff Trim <jtrim@orion.cair.du.edu>: enhancements and advice
Vijay Subramaniam <vijay@lll-winken.llnl.gov>: advice and ruthless publicity
Karl Kleinpaste <karl@cis.ohio-state.edu>: user's manual
Greg Lindahl <gl8f@virginia.edu>: AUTOMATON code, the Wumpus GM automaton,
myriad bug fixes
Bill Wisner <wisner@hayes.fai.alaska.edu>: numerous bug fixes and code
enhancements
Tom Davis <conslt16@zeus.unl.edu> and Tim Russell <russell@zeus.unl.edu>:
VMS modifications
Markku Savela <msa@tel4.tel.vtt.fi>: advice, support, and being the
incentive to do some of our *own* coding. :)
Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu>: bug fixes, quarantine lines,
consolidation of various patches.
Christopher Davis <ckd@cs.bu.edu>: EFnet/Anet gateway coding,
many automata ;), documentation fixing.
Helen Rose <hrose@cs.bu.edu>: documentation updating, and fixing.
Tom Hinds <rocker@bucsf.bu.edu>: emacs client updating.
Tim Miller <cerebus@bu-pub.bu.edu>: various server and client-breaking
features.
Darren Reed <avalon@coombs.anu.edu.au>: various bug fixes and enhancements.
Introduced nickname and channelname hash tables into the server.
The version 2.2 release was coordinated by Mike Bolotski
<mikeb@salmon.ee.ubc.ca>.
The version 2.4 release was coordinated by Markku Savela and
Chelsea Ashley Dyerman
The version 2.5.2 release was coordinated by Christopher Davis, Helen Rose,
and Tom Hopkins.
The versions 2.6.2, 2.7 and 2.8 releases were coordinated by Darren Reed.
Contributions for the 2.8 release from the following people:
Matthew Green <phone@coombs.anu.edu.au>
Chuck Kane <ckane@ece.uiuc.edu>
Matt Lyle <matt@oc.com>
Vesa Ruokonen <ruokonen@lut.fi>
Markku Savela <Markku.Savela@vtt.fi> / April 1990
Fixed various bugs in 2.2PL1 release server (2.2msa.4) and changed
sockets to use non-blocking mode (2.2msa.9). [I have absolutely
nothing to do with clients :-]
Chelsea Ashley Dyerman <chelsea@earth.cchem.berkeley.edu> / April 1990
Rewrote the Makefiles, restructuring of source tree. Added libIrcd.a to
the Makefile macros, numerous reformatting of server text messages, and
added mkversion.sh to keep track of compilation statistics. Numerous
bug fixes and enhancements, and co-coordinator of the 2.4 release.
jarlek@ifi.uio.no added mail functions to irc.
Armin Gruner <gruner@informatik.tu-muenchen.de> / May, June 1990:
* Patched KILL-line feature for ircd.conf, works now.
Enhancement: Time intervals can be specified in passwd-field.
Result: KILL-Line is only active during these intervals
* Patched PRIVMSG handling, now OPER can specify masks for sending
private messages, advantage: msg to all at a specified server or host.
* Little tests on irc 2.5 alpha, fixed some little typos in client code.
Change: common/debug.c has been moved to ircd/s_debug.c, and a
irc/c_debug.c has been created, for the benefit that wrong server msg
are displayed if client does not recognize them. (strange, if a server
sends an 'unknown command', isn't it?)
Tom Hopkins <hoppie@buengf.bu.edu> / September, October 1990:
* Patched msa's K lines for servers (Q lines).
* Consolidated several patches, including Stealth's logging patch.
* Fixed several minor bugs.
* Has done lots of other stuff that I can't seem to remember, but he
always works on code, so he has to have done alot more than three
lines worth. :)
Thanks go to those persons not mentioned here who have added their advice,
opinions, and code to IRC.
Various modifications, bugreports, cleanups and testing by:
Hugo Calendar <hugo@ucscb.ucsc.edu>
Bo Adler <adler@csvax.cs.caltech.edu>
Michael Sandrof <ms5n+@andrew.cmu.edu>
Jon Solomon <jsol@cs.bu.edu>
Jan Peterson <jlp@hamblin.math.byu.edu>
Nathan Glasser <nathan@brokaw.lcs.mit.edu>
Helen Rose <hrose@eff.org>
Mike Pelletier <stealth@caen.engin.umich.edu>
Basalat Ali Raja <gwydion@tavi.rice.edu>
Eric P. Scott <eps@toaster.sfsu.edu>
Dan Goodwin <fornax@wpi.wpi.edu>
Noah Friedman <friedman@ai.mit.edu>

368
doc/operguide.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
EFnet Oper Guide
Last update: 02-21-2002
Written and maintained by Riedel
E-Mail: dennisv@vuurwerk.nl
1. Commands you should know about
2. The client of your choice
3. Your primary responsibilities
4. Re-routing
4.1 Re-routing other servers and remote connects
5. Kills and klines
6. Kill and K-Line requests
7. Happy birthday!
8. Security
9. Know who your friends are
10. The TCM bot
11. Services
12. G-Lines
1. Commands you should know about
This is no longer covered here. IRCD-hybrid is changing too rapidly, so
this section would be outdated in no time ;) For an up-to-date version,
please download the latest hybrid at www.ircd-hybrid.org.
2. The client of your choice
There are many IRC clients around for a wide variety of operating systems.
Being an IRC Operator doesn't *require* you to use a UNIX client, however
I personally prefer UNIX-based clients. If you're familiar with UNIX and
use UNIX for opering, I suggest ircII / epic. There are a lot of scripts
available for those two clients, and it's not that hard to write scripts
yourself to suite your needs. It is important that you know how to operate
your client, and familiarize yourself with the options and features. For
whatever client you chose this goes for any of them: You should be in
control of your client, instead of the client being in control of you.
Resources :
www.mirc.co.uk - mIRC (MS-Windows)
www.irchelp.org - a variety of clients and scripts
ftp.blackened.com - several UNIX based clients available
3. Your primary responsibilities
As an IRC Operator, you're responsible for maintaining the server on a
real-time basis. You represent your server, and you represent the network.
Irresponsible / rude / offensive / stupid behavior may discredit your server
and the network. You should focus on the task you were chosen for...
maintainance. Sounds simple, no? It means getting rid of users that abuse
the service, enforcing the server's policy and keeping the server linked.
Users will ask you questions, and expect you to know all the answers.. after
all, you're the oper!
Be prepared for users trying to fool you, sweet talk you into things you
don't want, lie and deceive. Most users are handling in good faith...
however, the abusers have learned how to manipulate opers. They have studied
the alien creature 'oper' for ages like biologists study animals. Be
paranoid, be curious and be suspicious. I can't stress the importancy of that
often enough.
Second priority has the network. You were not chosen to maintain the network
but you were chosen to maintain the server. However, you may want to be able
to reroute servers. If you see something broken, don't be afraid to fix it.
If you do, be sure you fix things and don't make it worse. Before you
step into routing, be sure you've familiarized yourself with the network's
topology, and be confident enough to perform such actions. (re)routing is
covered in the next chapter.
Opers on the network depend on a trusting relationship. You can usually take
the word from an oper. Other opers are considered -trusted-, however, there
are exceptions. Sometimes even opers lie to opers to get things done. Don't
be afraid to ask for proof of a certain statement, such as logs.
This doesn't mean you distrust the oper in question, but -you- and you alone
are responsible for your actions. You call the shots on your server, unless
your admin says otherwise.
4. Re-routing
Re-routing is not hard, and it's not scary but it is important that you do it
right. The commands you'll use are SQUIT and CONNECT. First, a very simple
example. Let's say your server, irc.yourserver.com is lagged to it's uplink,
irc.uplink.com and you want to reroute your server. You have to think about
where you want your server to be linked, and you have to time your reroute.
An example topology :
irc.yourserver.com ---- irc.uplink.com
| | \
B C D
/ \
E F
/ \
G H --- O
/ | \ | \
I J K L M
\
N
In this case, you're uplinked by irc.uplink.com
irc.uplink.com also hubs B, C and D. Server B functions as hub for E and F;
F hubs G and H; H hubs L, M and O. G hubs I, J and K. M hubs N.
Your server is allowed to connect to server B, F and G. So you consider the
servers you're able to connect to. Is the lag caused by a server that uplinks
irc.uplink.com ? Use /stats ? irc.uplink.com to determine lag to the other
servers. If irc.uplink.com does not respond, the lag is to your uplink. If
so, you cannot be sure about the state of the other uplinks, so you'd have to
get on a remote server and determine lag by using /stats ? and /trace. For
example, you could connect to server N, and /trace yournick. Yournick, being
the nick on your server. You'll see which route it takes, and what the
problem server is. Example /trace output :
S:[SERVER-N ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-M ]
S:[SERVER-M ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-H ]
S:[SERVER-H ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-F ]
S:[SERVER-F ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[SERVER-B ]
S:[SERVER-B ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[irc.uplink.com ]
S:[irc.uplink.com ] V:[2.8/hybrid] U:[irc.yourserver.com ]
The trace doesn't complete... server-b announces irc.uplink.com, and
irc.uplink.com announces your server. Your server should return something
like :
S:[irc.yourserver.] OPER [yournick!user@yourhost]
If it doesn't, we know the lag is only between yourserver and uplink.
Usually if there is lag between your server and your uplink, the send-queue
rises. This is not always the case. Sometimes your server can write perfectly
to your uplink, but not reverse. That is called one sided lag.
We pick server B to link to. It means we have to SQUIT and CONNECT.
To unlink from irc.uplink.com and connect to SERVER_B we'd type:
/quote SQUIT irc.uplink.com :reroute
/connect SERVER_B
we *DON'T* SQUIT irc.yourserver.com... and I'll try to explain why:
If we wanted to remove hub M from the network, and with it N, we'd issue
a SQUIT M. An SQUIT follows a path, relays the SQUIT request to each server
in that path. Finally it reaches server H, which is the hub for M. Server H
sees the SQUIT and drops the link to M.
Now a different situation, we want to separate yourserver, uplink, C and D
from the rest of the network, in order to reroute. We'd have to SQUIT server
B, since we want the -uplink- of server B (being irc.uplink.com) to drop the
link to server B.
If you'd SQUIT irc.yourserver.com, you ask yourserver.com to drop the link to
itself, which is impossible. If you SQUIT irc.uplink.com, you ask yourserver
to drop the link to uplink, which is what we want to do.
After the SQUIT and CONNECT, the new situation looks like this :
irc.uplink.com
| | \
irc.yourserver.com -- B C D
/ \
E F
/ \
G H --- O
/ | \ | \
I J K L M
\
N
If yourserver is a Hub, it makes the situation more complex, since your
actions have more impact.
4.1 - Re-routing other servers and remote connects
Example topology :
irc.uplink.com
| | \
irc.yourserver.com -- B C D
/ \
E F
/ \
G H --- O
/ | \ | \
I J K L M
\
N
Let's say, hub H is way lagged to F, but G to F is fine... we want to reroute
H, and stick H to G.
We'd do :
/quote SQUIT serverh :re-routing you babe
/connect serverh 6667 serverg
A global wallops will be sent :
!serverg! Remote CONNECT serverh 6667 from ItsMe
When re-routing, always give the server some time to prevent nick collides.
When there is lag, people will connect to another server. When you SQUIT and
CONNECT to fast, a lot of those clients will be collided. Also, stick to your
territory. How enthusiastic you may be, you cannot route the world. If you're
an oper on the US side, stick to the US side when re-routing. Needless to
say, if you're EU, keep it to EU ;)
5. Kills and klines
As an oper, you're given the incredible power *cough* of KILL and KLINE.
/kill nick reason disconnects a client from IRC with the specified reason.
A /quote kline *evil@*.dude.org :reason here bans the user from your server.
Abusive kills and klines may draw attacks to your server, so always consider
if a kline or kill is deserved. If the server gets attacked after a valid
kill or kline, well.. tough luck. You should never be 'afraid' to kline
anyone on your server. If it's a good reason, make it so. Even if you know
it may cause the server to be attacked. Maybe good to think about is this:
- if /ignore solves the problem rather than a kick, /ignore
- kick if a ban is unneeded
- ban if a /kill is unwarranted for
- kill rather than kline if that solves the problem
- kline when a server ban is really needed.
You kline a user when you absolutely don't want this user to use the service
your server is providing.
Crosskills (killing users on another server) are another issue. Some admins
don't care if users get /kill'ed off their server, for any reason or no
reason at all... and other admins are very anal about it. A good way to go
(IMO) is to issue a KILL if there is an absolute need for the target user to
be disconnected. If there are active opers on that server, let them handle
it. They'll be upset if you /kill a user off their server, without
contacting them. /stats p irc.server.here shows the active opers on a
particular server. Some opers have multiple o-lines and are not watching all
sessions. If you can't find an active oper on a server, you can
/quote operwall a request for opers from that server.
Ghost KILLs are another story, an often misunderstood one.
When you see a /KILL from an oper with the reason 'ghosted' they usually
KILL a client that's about to ping timeout. That is not what a ghost is!
To quote Dianora: "a ghost happens because a client misses being killed when
it should be. Its a race condition due to nick chasing". In other words,
Server X thinks client A has been KILLed, while server Y missed the KILL
for that client.
6. Kill and K-Line requests
As previously mentioned, if an oper from another server contacts you and
requests a kill or a kline for a local client with a good reason, you can
usually trust this request. Opers depend on a trusting relationship. However,
since you're responsible for the kill or kline, it is not rude to ask for
proof. It depends on the oper making the request how thats interpreted, but
the way they respond to asking for proof tells more about them than about
you.
The more and longer you oper, how better you get to know the other opers.
You know who is honest, you'll know who are lying and deceiving. Before
you acquire this knowledge, you can merely rely on common sense and
instincts. You'll probably make mistakes occasionally, and thats nothing to
be ashamed of. Opers are - despite contrary believes - human.
Users occasionally will ask you to kill or kline a user/bot too. Some
requests are straight-forward and clear, others require you to be cautious. I
recommend to always investigate such requests, and when you're confident the
request is valid, issue the kill or kline.
7. Happy birthday!
It is a custom on EFnet to birthday /kill opers of whom it is his/her
birthday. Not all opers like this, but typically those opers don't let
others know about their birthday. You'll notice that the KILLS say a lot
about who likes who and who is friends with who. Whether you want to
participate, is entirely up to you.
8. Security
As with any privilege, you have to handle it cautiously and responsibly.
Be sure that your o/O line doesn't get compromised! Oper only from secure
hosts. You and only you should know your password. Don't share your oper
account, and make your oper password a UNIQUE one. If your o/O line gets
compromised, nasty things may/will happen. Imagine an oper with crosskill
capabilities who's operline gets 'hacked'... the results are often
disastrous and you will lose respect and trust from others. It can cause
your oper privileges to be revoked, or even the server to be (temporarily)
delinked.
9. Know who your friends are
As an oper you will get a lot of users that want to be 'friends' with you.
Users offer you free* access to their *nix servers, ops in channels,
unlimited leech access to the biggest and fastest warez sites *gasp* and
more. They want favors in return. They say they don't but they truly want
something in return. They -expect- something in return. You could either
don't respond to such offers, or use them. The last option creates an even
more distorted image of opers and doesn't do any good for the user <-> oper
relationship. Your *real* friends are usually the persons who were your
friends _before_ you acquired the extra privileges.
10. The TCM Bot
A TCM bot can be a valuable tool for opers. It keeps record of all connected
clients, flags clients with multiple connections and has all sorts of other
useful commands. There are three different kind of TCM's in use on EFnet,
being OOMon, TCM-Dianora and TCM-Hybrid. Every one of them requires you to
log in to be able to access the privileged commands. On OOMon you DCC chat
the TCM bot and do '.auth yournick yourpass' where yournick is your oper
name in your o/O line. In TCM-Dianora and TCM-Hybrid you register with:
'.register yourpass', where yourpass is your password ;)
All TCM commands start with a period. If you forget the period, the text goes
into the 'partyline', where it is echoed to all connected opers.
Resources : http://toast.blackened.com/oomon/help
http://www.db.net/~db/tcm.html
11. Services
A recent addition to EFNet is Channel Fixer, aka ChanFix. This is an
automated service that re-ops clients on opless channels. There are a few
restrictions. First, the channel has to be of significant size for ChanFix
to store it in its database. Second, it only logs static addresses.
How does it work? Periodically it stores information about the channel state
in its database, for every channel in there. On every 'run', a channel
operator gets one point. These scores make a top-5 of 'most frequent opped
clients'. When a channel becomes opless, ChanFix will join and op the top-5
opped clients CURRENTLY IN THE CHANNEL.
Chanfix can be invoked manually by server administrators. /msg ChanFix
chanfix #channel is the command to do it. ChanFix will join, and treat the
channel as if it were opless. It lowers TS by one (resulting in a deop of
the entire channel) and re-ops the top-5 clients currently in the channel.
The Channel Fixer won't log or actively fix channels when there's a split of
significant size. Needless to say, the chanfix command must be used with
caution.
12. G-Lines
Oh yes! A G-Line section. Currently, a part of EFNet (EU-EFnet) has G-Lines
enabled. This was decided by the EU admin community and is now mandatory
within EU-EFnet. In order for a G-Line to be activated, three opers from
three different servers need to issue the _exact_ same G-Line. The reason
is not counted.
G-Lines work best when the EU side of EFNet is not fragmented. G-Lines
will, however, propogate through a Hybrid 6 hub (but not a CSr hub) even
if the hub server has G-Lines disabled. This propogation allows two halves
of EU-EFnet to have concurrent G-Lines set even when split by US hub servers.
Questions / Comments / Suggestions are welcome.
You can e-mail me: dennisv@vuurwerk.nl
Best regards,
--
Dennis "Riedel" Vink ___~___ Email - dennisv@vuurwerk.nl
Unix System Administrator \ | / Phone - +31 23 5111111
Vuurwerk Internet '|.|' PGP - 0xD68A7AAB
And on the seventh day, He exited from append mode.
# $Id: operguide.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

137
doc/opermyth.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
Date: Thu, 30 Jul 1998 16:21:40-0700 (MST)
To: operlist@the-project.org
From: rayp@primenet.com (Ray Powers)
Subject: The myths of opers....
I've always wanted to write something like this.. Its half rant, half
fact, so bear with it. Hopefully it will be worth reading.
There's a lot of hate for opers for a lot of reasons. Some are directly
oper related (i.e. 99% of us are colossal assholes), some are directly
user related (i.e. 99% of you are raving lunatics), and some is just plain
misconceptions. I'd like to take a minute to talk about part three in
hopes of clearing a few things up. This will kind of be in a FAQ form,
maybe you'll like it, maybe not, but its worth a shot.
Q: What can an oper on EFnet do.
A: This is an EXACT list of what we can do:
1) /squit a server, separating it from the rest of the net
2) /die our server
3) /kill a user, this disconnects them from the server they are on
4) /kline a hostmask, this bans them from our server
5) /dline an ip, this bans them from our server, regardless of
hostmask
6) See all invisible users on our server
7) Mass Msg/CTCP/notice a hostmask
8) Mass Msg/CTCP/notice a server
9) See and send Operwall/wallops notices
That's it. We can see more server messages than you, but that's not the
point.. The point to be shown here is very simple, *none* of these things
have anything to do with channels. Which leads us to our next question.
Q: What can opers *NOT* do, but keep being asked to anyways?
A: We can *NOT*:
1) Enter a channel that is +i or +k without being invited or
having the key
2) See who is inside a +s channel
3) Op ourselves or op you on a channel (unless of course we are a
channel op for that channel)
4) Tell you what XXXX's new nick is since they changed it to hide
from you.
5) Deop someone for you on a channel (unless of course we are a
channel op for that channel)
Notice a trend, with the exception of 4, all of these are 100% channel
related. EFnet is made so that opers have *NO* power of channels, for
better or worse. If we don't help you with these requests, its not because
we won't, its because we are completely incapable doing so. On the other
hand....
Q: What can opers do, but won't?
A: This will be a bit differently done, because I figure I should explain
why opers don't do these things, when they may normally make sense.
1) Why won't they kill somebody who has stolen your nick.
EFnet has gone on the basis of nicks not being owned, which is
why there is no nickserv on EFnet. Of course we see opers kill
all the time for nicks, though, so it seems rather hypocrital,
doesn't it?
An oper who kills for his nick will tell you its because the
other person was a bot, was juping his nick, or was imitating an
oper. It may be true, but it really comes down to the same
feeling you get when your nick is taken "Hey! that's my name! I
don't want that person using my name!"
I personally, do not kill for nicks. If someone takes my nick,
they can have it. Let them get my several hundred messages a day.
:P But the problem with the oper is this: How does an oper know
that you are really the person that uses that nick, or are you
the guy that wants to nick jupe that nick out from the real guy?
Unless the oper knows you well, they don't.. And saying that
people generally tell the truth means you haven't been on EFnet
very long.
I would prefer to think I am one of the more well respected
people on the net and people still lie to me on a regular basis.
So, the oper is stuck refusing to help because he can't tell who
is who. Remember this line of reasoning, its going to be coming
up a lot. :P
2) Why won't they kill that guy nuking/smurfing/ping -f'ing me?
This one is simple. There is no way to prove that somebody is
doing any of these things to you from an opers point of view. All
logs are fakeable, and the oper has no way to firsthand prove its
happening. Your best bet in this situation is to log what you can
and complain loud and long to their ISPs.
3) Why won't they help me take my channel back?
There's a bunch of answers to this. First, it is popular
opinion at EFnet that channels are not owned, and therefore, if
you lose a channel, you should go make another one. Notice I
say popular instead of official, because EFnet has never had an
"official" policy on much of anything.
But more and more you see opers killing for takeovers, so why
are they helping their channels and not yours.
Well, first, let's say your channel was taken over, and is now
+smtinlk. How exactly is the oper supposed to find out who is
oped in the channel right now to mass kill them? Even if they do get
all the nicks, they have to somehow manage to kill them all in
one hit, or they'll all just op each other again and it will be
fruitless. Or worse, they could have it all set up, and some
other oper could kill them halfway through because they don't
like mass-kills and it would be all ruined.
Or, let's say the mass-kill goes off, then the channel is
opless and generally speaking, chaos begins. People start
mass-nuking or flooding the channel to clear it out, or just to
be annoying. And there's still a 50/50 chance that takeover
people will get the channel back on a split and we'll have to try
to do it all over again.
If you're about to ask why they don't split their server,
the answer is very simple: We are not about to screw up roughly
30,000 peoples chatting for your channel. Its rude. This of
course is all based on the fact that we can prove its taken over,
as per the conversation about nicks, we often can't.
4) But.. its obvious they took it from me! The topic says
"Ha ha, we took your channel Rick!" for Pete's sake! And
there's only One op, so you can kill him and get the channel
back immediately!
This one is a bit more complex, but its really a personal
call. That one op could be a rampant smurfpup with a penis so
tiny he has no choice but to rampantly smurf and synflood anyone
that gets in his way. This is popularly known on irc as SPS, or
Small Penis Syndrome. In this case, if the oper does help you
out, they could end up with their server being downed for a day
or two, and it really isn't worth it for your channel, no
offense.
Keep in mind that this is all spoken from the perspective of someone who
*DOES* help with channels when possible, but understands greatly the
reasons not to, and judges each situation very carefully.
That's the gist of the information I was trying to get across. If you
were cluefull enough to get on operlist, a lot of this may be common
knowledge to you, but sometimes its good to step back and see why opers do
what they do a lot of the time.
Hoping this is of value to SOMEONE....
Ray Powers
Monkster/MimePunk/PrimeMonk/PacMonk/MtgMonk/Ihavefartoomanynickstonickjupe

1122
doc/reference.conf Executable file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

51
doc/server-version-info Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
Server VERSION Info
$Id: server-version-info 1851 2006-08-24 17:16:53Z jilles $
Copyright (c) 2001 by ircd-hybrid team
Copyright (c) 2002 ircd-ratbox development team
----------------------------------------------------------------------
When you type /version, you will often see something like this:
ircd-ratbox-1.0rc7(20021120_0). embers.lan egGHIKMpZ6 TS5ow
Ever wondered what those funny chars mean after the version number? Well
here they are:
+----------------------------+
| 'e' | USE_EXCEPT |
|------+---------------------|
| 'g' | NO_FAKE_GLINES |
|------+---------------------|
| 'G' | GLINES |
|------+---------------------|
| 'H' | HUB |
|------+---------------------|
| 'I' | USE_INVEX |
|------+---------------------|
| 'K' | USE_KNOCK |
|------+---------------------|
| 'M' | IDLE_FROM_MSG |
|------+---------------------|
| 'p' | CRYPT_OPER_PASSWORD |
|------+---------------------|
| 'S' | OPERS_SEE_ALL_USERS |
|------+---------------------|
| 'T' | IGNORE_BOGUS_TS |
|------+---------------------|
| 'Z' | ZIPLINKS |
|------+---------------------|
| '6' | IPv6 |
|------+---------------------|
| | |
|------+---------------------|
| 'TS' | Supports TS |
|------+---------------------|
| '5' | TS Version 5 |
|------+---------------------|
| 'o' | TS Only |
|------+---------------------|
| 'w' | TS Warnings |
+----------------------------+

55
doc/services.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
ratbox-services compatibility documentation - Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compatibility with ratbox-services can be enabled by passing the
'--enable-services' flag to configure. It will add the following features
to ircd:
1. Channel mode +r
A simple mode taking no parameters, will require users are logged in
with user services before they may join the channel.
Gives numeric 477 to users who arent logged in:
:<server> 477 <nick> <channel> :Cannot join channel (+r)
2. service block to ircd.conf
Ability to specify the names of services servers in ircd.conf:
service {
name = "services.ircd-ratbox.org";
name = "backup-services.ircd-ratbox.org";
};
These must be specified for certain features to work. You may specify as
many name entries as you wish, however you must define only one service
block.
Entries will be listed in stats U with the flag 's'.
3. Services protection
Services will be protected from being deopped or kicked from a channel.
4. Username tracking through netsplits
When users are logged in, the username they are logged in with will be
preserved on a netsplit, so users will not have to relogin when the
network merges together.
5. Username given on WHOIS
When users are logged in, WHOIS will also give numeric 330:
:<server> 330 <yournick> <targetnick> <loginname> :is logged in as
Note this needs to be a remote whois to work when the target is
on a different server.
6. Forced nick change
When using nickname services and a client requests they regain a
nickname, services can perform a forced nick change on the client.
This forcibly changes the clients nickname to the one they requested
they regain, ensuring they can always regain their nickname.
# $Id: services.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

57
doc/sgml/oper-guide/charybdis-oper-guide.sgml Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
<!DOCTYPE Book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN" [
<!ENTITY intro SYSTEM "intro.sgml">
<!ENTITY oprivs SYSTEM "oprivs.sgml">
<!ENTITY umodes SYSTEM "umodes.sgml">
<!ENTITY cmodes SYSTEM "cmodes.sgml">
<!ENTITY ucommands SYSTEM "ucommands.sgml">
<!ENTITY commands SYSTEM "commands.sgml">
<!ENTITY config SYSTEM "config.sgml">
]>
<book id="charybdis-oper-guide">
<bookinfo>
<date>24 November 2005</date>
<title>Operators guide for the charybdis IRC server</title>
<author>
<firstname>William</firstname>
<surname>Pitcock</surname>
</author>
<address><email>nenolod@nenolod.net</email></address>
<copyright>
<year>2005-2007</year>
<holder>William Pitcock and Jilles Tjoelker</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
<para>
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU
General Public License, Version 2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation
</para>
</legalnotice>
</bookinfo>
<toc>
</toc>
&intro;
&umodes;
&cmodes;
&ucommands;
&commands;
&oprivs;
&config;
</book>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-omittag:t
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-namecase-general:t
sgml-general-insert-case:lower
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:2
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:nil
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-catalogs:("/usr/lib/sgml/catalog")
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
fill-column: 105
End:
-->

314
doc/sgml/oper-guide/cmodes.sgml Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
<chapter id="cmodes">
<title>Cmodes</title>
<sect1>
<title>Meanings of channel modes</title>
<sect2>
<title>+b, channel ban</title>
<para>
Bans take one parameter which can take several forms.
The most common form is +b nick!user@host.
The wildcards * and ? are allowed, matching zero-or-more, and
exactly-one characters respectively. The masks will be trimmed to fit the maximum allowable
length for the relevant element.
Bans are also checked against the IP address, even if it resolved or
is spoofed.
CIDR is supported, like *!*@10.0.0.0/8. This is most useful with
IPv6.
Bans are not checked against the real hostname behind any kind
of spoof, except if host mangling is in use (e.g.
<filename>extensions/ip_cloaking.so</filename>):
if the user's host is mangled, their real hostname is checked
additionally, and if a user has no spoof but could enable mangling,
the mangled form of their hostname is checked additionally.
Hence, it is not possible to evade bans by toggling
host mangling.
</para>
<para>
The second form (extban) is +b $type or +b $type:data.
type is a single character (case insensitive) indicating the
type of match, optionally preceded by a tilde (~) to negate the
comparison. data depends on type. Each type is loaded as a module.
The available types (if any)
are listed in the EXTBAN token of the 005 (RPL_ISUPPORT) numeric.
See <filename>doc/extban.txt</filename> in the source distribution
for more information.
</para>
<para>
If no parameter is given, the list of bans is returned. All users
can use this form. The plus sign should also be omitted.
</para>
<para>
Matching users will not be allowed to join the channel or knock
on it. If they are already on the channel, they may not send to
it or change their nick.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+c, colour filter</title>
<para>
This cmode activates the colour filter for the channel. This filters out bold, underline,
reverse video, beeps, mIRC colour codes, and ANSI escapes. Note that escape sequences will
usually leave cruft sent to the channel, just without the escape characters themselves.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+e, ban exemption</title>
<para>
This mode takes one parameter of the same form as bans, which
overrides +b and +q bans for all clients it matches.
</para>
<para>
Only channel operators can see +e changes or request the list.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+f, channel forwarding</title>
<para>
This mode takes one parameter, the name of a channel (+f #channel). If the channel also has the
+i cmode set, and somebody attempts to join without either being expliticly invited, or having
an invex (+I), then they will instead join the channel named in the mode parameter. The client
will also be sent a 470 numeric giving the original and target channels.
</para>
<para>
Users are similarly forwarded if the +j cmode is set and their attempt to join is throttled,
if +l is set and there are already too many users in the channel
or if +r is set and they are not identified.
</para>
<para>
Forwards may only be set to +F channels, or to channels the setter
has ops in.
</para>
<para>
Without parameter (/mode #channel f or /mode #channel +f) the
forward channel is returned. This form also works off channel.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+F, allow anybody to forward to this</title>
<para>
When this mode is set, anybody may set a forward from a channel
they have ops in to this channel. Otherwise they have to have ops
in this channel.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+g, allow anybody to invite</title>
<para>
When this mode is set, anybody may use the INVITE command on the channel in question. When it
is unset, only channel operators may use the INVITE command
(unless the invite_ops_only option is disabled and +i is
not set).
</para>
<para>
When this mode is set together with +i, all channel members can influence who can join.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+i, invite only</title>
<para>
When this cmode is set, no client can join the channel unless they have an invex (+I) or are
invited with the INVITE command.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+I, invite exception (invex)</title>
<para>
This mode takes one parameter of the same form as bans. Matching
clients do not need to be invited to join the channel when it is invite-only (+i).
</para>
<para>
Only channel operators can see +I changes or request the list.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+j, join throttling</title>
<para>
This mode takes one parameter of the form <replaceable>n</replaceable>:<replaceable>t</replaceable>, where <replaceable>n</replaceable> and <replaceable>t</replaceable> are positive integers. Only <replaceable>n</replaceable> users may join in each period of <replaceable>t</replaceable> seconds.
</para>
<para>
Due to propagation delays between servers, more users may be
able to join (by racing for the last slot on each server).
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+k, key (channel password)</title>
<para>
Taking one parameter, when set, this mode requires a user to supply the key in order to join
the channel: /JOIN #channel key.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+l, channel member limit</title>
<para>
Takes one numeric parameter, the number of users which are allowed to be in the channel before
further joins are blocked.
</para>
<para>
Due to propagation delays between servers, more users may be
able to join (by racing for the last slot on each server).
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+L, large ban list</title>
<para>
Channels with this mode will be allowed larger banlists (by default,
500 instead of 50 entries for +b, +q, +e and +I together).
Only network operators may set this mode.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+m, moderated</title>
<para>
When a channel is set +m, only users with +o or +v on the channel can send to it.
</para>
<para>
Users can still knock on the channel or change their nick.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+n, no external messages</title>
<para>
When set, this mode prevents users from sending to the channel without being in it themselves.
This is recommended.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+o, channel operator</title>
<para>
This mode takes one parameter, a nick, and grants or removes channel
operator privilege to that user. Channel operators have full control
over the channel, having the ability to set all channel modes except
+L and +P, and kick users.
Like voiced users, channel operators can always
send to the channel, overriding +b, +m and +q modes and the
per-channel flood limit.
In most clients channel operators are marked with an '@' sign.
</para>
<para>
The privilege is lost if the user leaves the channel or server
in any way.
</para>
<para>
Most networks will run channel registration services (e.g. ChanServ)
which ensure the founder (and users designated by the founder) can
always gain channel operator privileges and provide some features
to manage the channel.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+p, paranoid channel</title>
<para>
When set, the KNOCK command cannot be used on the channel
to request an invite, and users will not be shown the
channel in WHOIS replies unless they are on it.
Unlike in traditional IRC, +p and +s can be set together.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+P, permanent channel</title>
<para>
Channels with this mode (which is accessible only to network operators) set will not be destroyed
when the last user leaves.
</para>
<para>
This makes it less likely modes, bans and the topic will be lost and
makes it harder to abuse network splits, but also causes more
unwanted restoring of old modes, bans and topics after long splits.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+q, quiet</title>
<para>
This mode behaves exactly like +b (ban), except that the user may still join
the channel. The net effect is that they cannot knock on the channel,
send to the channel or change their nick while on channel.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+Q, block forwarded users</title>
<para>
Channels with this mode set are not valid targets for forwarding. Any attempt to forward to
this channel will be ignored, and the user will be handled as if the attempt was never made (by
sending them the relevant error message).
</para>
<para>
This does not affect the ability to set +f.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+r, block unidentified</title>
<para>
When set, this mode prevents unidentified users from joining.
</para>
</sect2>
<!-- not planned (jilles)
<sect2>
<title>+R, quiet unidentified</title>
<para>
When set, this mode prevents unidentified users from sending to the channel, although they can
still join.
</para>
<para>
Please note that this mode is not implemented in Charybdis 1.0.x, and is documented in
expectation for upcoming Charybdis 1.1.
</para>
</sect2>
-->
<sect2>
<title>+s, secret channel</title>
<para>
When set, this mode prevents the channel from appearing in the
output of the LIST, WHO and WHOIS command by users who are not on
it. Also, the server will refuse to answer WHO, NAMES, TOPIC and
LIST queries from users not on the channel.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+t, topic limit</title>
<para>
When set, this mode prevents users who are not channel operators
from changing the topic.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+v, voice</title>
<para>
This mode takes one parameter, a nick, and grants or removes voice
privilege to that user. Voiced users can always send to the channel,
overriding +b, +m and +q modes and the per-channel flood limit.
In most clients voiced users are marked with a plus sign.
</para>
<para>
The privilege is lost if the user leaves the channel or server
in any way.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+z, reduced moderation</title>
<para>
When +z is set, the effects of +m are relaxed. For each message, if that message
would normally be blocked by moderation, it is instead sent to all channel operators. This is intended for use in moderated debates.
</para>
<para>
Note that +n and channel bans/quiets are unaffected by this. To silence a given user completely,
remove them from the channel.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-omittag:t
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-namecase-general:t
sgml-general-insert-case:lower
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:2
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document:("charybdis-oper-guide.sgml" "book")
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
fill-column:105
End:
-->

1095
doc/sgml/oper-guide/commands.sgml Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1101
doc/sgml/oper-guide/config.sgml Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

41
doc/sgml/oper-guide/intro.sgml Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
<chapter id="intro">
<title>Introduction</title>
<sect1>
<title>Scope of this document</title>
<para>
This document describes the commands and functions available to operators in
the charybdis ircd, as used on <ulink url="http://www.atheme.net">AthemeNet</ulink>.
</para>
<para>
This document, and various ideas for features of charybdis, have
been taken from dancer-ircd/hyperion, the ircd used on freenode,
mainly written by Andrew Suffield and Jilles Tjoelker.
</para>
<para>
While this document may be of some interest to the users of charybdis servers,
it is intended as a reference for network staff.
</para>
<para>
Charybdis is based on ircd-ratbox 2.1.4, although much has changed.
<ulink url="http://www.ircd-ratbox.org">ircd-ratbox</ulink> is commonly used
on efnet, and some other networks.
</para>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-omittag:t
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-namecase-general:t
sgml-general-insert-case:lower
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:2
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document: ("charybdis-oper-guide.sgml" "book")
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
fill-column:105
sgml-validate-command: "nsgmls -e -g -s -u charybdis-oper-guide.sgml"
End:
-->

169
doc/sgml/oper-guide/oprivs.sgml Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
<chapter id="oprivs">
<title>Oper privileges</title>
<sect1 id="oprivlist">
<title>Meanings of oper privileges</title>
<para>
These are flags in operator{}.
The letter appears after opering up and in /stats o; an uppercase
letter means the privilege is possessed, lowercase means it is not.
</para>
<sect2>
<title>admin (A), server administrator</title>
<para>
Various privileges intended for server administrators.
Among other things, this automatically sets umode +a and allows
loading modules.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>remoteban (B), set remote bans</title>
<para>
This grants the ability to use the ON argument on KLINE/XLINE/RESV
and UNKLINE/UNXLINE/UNRESV to set and unset bans on other servers,
and the server argument on REHASH.
This is only allowed if the oper may perform the action locally,
and if the remote server has a shared{} block.
</para>
<note><para>
If a cluster{} block is present, bans are sent remotely even
if the oper does not have remoteban privilege.
</para></note>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>local_kill (C), kill local users</title>
<para>
This grants permission to use KILL on users on the same server,
disconnecting them from the network.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>die (D), die and restart</title>
<para>
This grants permission to use DIE and RESTART, shutting down
or restarting the server.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>gline (G), gline</title>
<para>
This allows using GLINE (network wide temp bans if 3 opers agree).
If unkline privilege is also possessed, allow UNGLINE (remove gline
locally).
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>rehash (H), rehash</title>
<para>
Allows using the REHASH command, to rehash various configuration
files or clear certain lists.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>kline (K), kline and dline</title>
<para>
Allows using KLINE and DLINE, to ban users by user@host mask
or IP address.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>operwall (L), send/receive operwall</title>
<para>
Allows using the OPERWALL command and umode +z to send and
receive operwalls.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>nick_changes (N), see nick changes</title>
<para>
Allows using snomask +n to see local client nick changes.
This is designed for monitor bots.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>global_kill (O), global kill</title>
<para>
Allows using KILL on users on any server.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>hidden_oper (P), hide from /stats p</title>
<para>
This privilege currently does nothing, but was designed
to hide bots from /stats p so users will not message them
for help.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>remote (R), remote routing</title>
<para>
This allows using the third argument of the CONNECT command, to
instruct another server to connect somewhere, and using SQUIT
with an argument that is not locally connected.
(In both cases all opers with +w set will be notified.)
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>oper_spy (S), use operspy</title>
<para>
This allows using /mode !#channel, /whois !nick, /who !#channel,
/chantrace !#channel, /who !mask, /masktrace !user@host :gecos
and /scan umodes +modes-modes global list to see through secret
channels, invisible users, etc.
</para>
<para>
All operspy usage is broadcasted to opers with snomask +Z set
(on the entire network) and optionally logged.
If you grant this to anyone, it is a good idea to establish
concrete policies describing what it is to be used for, and
what not.
</para>
<para>
If operspy_dont_care_user_info is enabled, /who mask is operspy
also, and /who !mask, /who mask, /masktrace !user@host :gecos
and /scan umodes +modes-modes global list do not generate +Z notices
or logs.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>unkline (U), unkline</title>
<para>
Allows using UNKLINE and UNDLINE, and if gline privilege is also
possessed, UNGLINE.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>xline (X), xline and unxline</title>
<para>
Allows using XLINE and UNXLINE, to ban/unban users by realname.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>hidden_admin, hidden administrator</title>
<para>
This grants everything granted to the admin privilege,
except the ability to set umode +a. If both admin and hidden_admin
are possessed, umode +a can still not be used.
</para>
<note><para>
This privilege does not appear in /stats o or oper up notices.
</para></note>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-omittag:t
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-namecase-general:t
sgml-general-insert-case:lower
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:2
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document: ("charybdis-oper-guide.sgml" "book")
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
fill-column: 105
sgml-validate-command: "nsgmls -e -g -s -u charybdis-oper-guide.sgml"
End:
-->

33
doc/sgml/oper-guide/stylesheet.dsl Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
<!DOCTYPE style-sheet PUBLIC "-//James Clark//DTD DSSSL Style Sheet//EN" [
<!ENTITY docbook-html.dsl PUBLIC "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook HTML Stylesheet//EN" CDATA DSSSL>
<!ENTITY docbook-print.dsl PUBLIC "-//Norman Walsh//DOCUMENT DocBook Print Stylesheet//EN" CDATA DSSSL>
]>
<style-sheet>
<style-specification id="print" use="print-stylesheet">
<style-specification-body>
(define %generate-book-titlepage% #t)
(define %generate-book-titlepage-on-separate-page% #t)
(define %generate-book-toc% #t)
(define %generate-book-toc-on-titlepage% #f)
</style-specification-body>
</style-specification>
<style-specification id="html" use="html-stylesheet">
<style-specification-body>
(define %header-navigation% #t)
(define %section-autolabel% #t)
(define %root-filename% "index")
(define %use-id-as-filename% #t)
(define %css-decoration% #t)
(define %example-rules% #t)
</style-specification-body>
</style-specification>
<external-specification id="print-stylesheet" document="docbook-print.dsl">
<external-specification id="html-stylesheet" document="docbook-html.dsl">
</style-sheet>

188
doc/sgml/oper-guide/ucommands.sgml Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
<chapter id="ucommands">
<title>User Commands</title>
<sect1>
<title>User commands</title>
<para>
Standard IRC commands are not listed here.
Several of the commands in the operator commands chapter
can also be used by normal users.
</para>
<sect2>
<title>ACCEPT</title>
<cmdsynopsis><command>ACCEPT</command>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable>,</arg>
<arg choice=plain>-<replaceable>nick</replaceable>,</arg>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>...</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
Adds or removes users from your accept list for umode +g and +R.
Users are automatically removed when they quit, split or change
nick.
</para>
<cmdsynopsis><command>ACCEPT</command>
<arg choice=plain>*</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
Lists all users on your accept list.
</para>
<para>
Support of this command is indicated by the CALLERID token in
RPL_ISUPPORT (005); the optional parameter indicates the letter
of the <quote>only allow accept users to send private messages</quote>
umode, otherwise +g. In charybdis this is always +g.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>CNOTICE</title>
<cmdsynopsis><command>CNOTICE</command>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>channel</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice=plain>:<replaceable>text</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
Providing you are opped (+o) or voiced (+v) in
<replaceable>channel</replaceable>, and <replaceable>nick</replaceable>
is a member of <replaceable>channel</replaceable>, CNOTICE generates a NOTICE towards
<replaceable>nick</replaceable>.
</para>
<para>
CNOTICE bypasses any anti-spam measures in place.
If you get <quote>Targets changing too fast, message dropped</quote>,
you should probably use this command, for example sending a
notice to every user joining a certain channel.
</para>
<para>
Support of this command is indicated by the CNOTICE token in
RPL_ISUPPORT (005).
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>CPRIVMSG</title>
<cmdsynopsis><command>CPRIVMSG</command>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>channel</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice=plain>:<replaceable>text</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
Providing you are opped (+o) or voiced (+v) in
<replaceable>channel</replaceable>, and <replaceable>nick</replaceable>
is a member of <replaceable>channel</replaceable>, CPRIVMSG generates a PRIVMSG towards
<replaceable>nick</replaceable>.
</para>
<para>
CPRIVMSG bypasses any anti-spam measures in place.
If you get <quote>Targets changing too fast, message dropped</quote>,
you should probably use this command.
</para>
<para>
Support of this command is indicated by the CPRIVMSG token in
RPL_ISUPPORT (005).
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>HELP</title>
<cmdsynopsis><command>HELP</command>
<arg><replaceable>topic</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
Displays help information. <replaceable>topic</replaceable> can
be INDEX, CREDITS, UMODE, CMODE, SNOMASK or a command name.
</para>
<para>
There are separate help files for users and opers. Opers can use
UHELP to query the user help files.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>KNOCK</title>
<cmdsynopsis><command>KNOCK</command>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>channel</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
Requests an invite to the given channel. The channel must be
locked somehow (+ikl), must not be +p and you may not be banned
or quieted. Also, this command is rate limited.
</para>
<para>
If successful, all channel operators will receive a 710 numeric.
The recipient field of this numeric is the channel.
</para>
<para>
Support of this command is indicated by the KNOCK token in
RPL_ISUPPORT (005).
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>MONITOR</title>
<para>
Server side notify list. This list contains nicks. When a user
connects, quits with a listed nick or changes to or from a listed
nick, you will receive a 730 numeric if the nick went online and
a 731 numeric if the nick went offline.
</para>
<para>
Support of this command is indicated by the MONITOR token in
RPL_ISUPPORT (005); the parameter indicates the maximum number
of nicknames you may have in your monitor list.
</para>
<para>
You may only use this command once per second.
</para>
<para>
More details can be found in <filename>doc/monitor.txt</filename>
in the source distribution.
</para>
<cmdsynopsis><command>MONITOR +</command>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable>,</arg>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>...</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
Adds nicks to your monitor list. You will receive 730 and 731
numerics for the nicks.
</para>
<cmdsynopsis><command>MONITOR -</command>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable>,</arg>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>...</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
Removes nicks from your monitor list. No output is generated for
this command.
</para>
<cmdsynopsis><command>MONITOR C</command>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
Clears your monitor list. No output is generated for
this command.
</para>
<cmdsynopsis><command>MONITOR L</command>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
Lists all nicks on your monitor list, using 732 numerics and
ending with a 733 numeric.
</para>
<cmdsynopsis><command>MONITOR S</command>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
Shows status for all nicks on your monitor list, using 730 and 731
numerics.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-omittag:t
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-namecase-general:t
sgml-general-insert-case:lower
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:2
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document: ("charybdis-oper-guide.sgml" "book")
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
sgml-local-ecat-files:nil
fill-column:105
End:
-->

333
doc/sgml/oper-guide/umodes.sgml Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
<chapter id="umodes">
<title>Umodes</title>
<sect1 id="umodelist">
<title>Meanings of user modes</title>
<sect2>
<title>+a, server administrator</title>
<para>
This vanity usermode is used to denote a server administrator in WHOIS output.
All local <quote>admin</quote> privileges are independent of it, though services
packages may grant extra privileges to +a users.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+D, deaf</title>
<para>
<note>
<para>
This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
</para>
</note>
Users with the +D umode set will not receive messages sent to
channels. Joins, parts, topic changes, mode changes, etc are
received as normal, as are private messages.
</para>
<para>
Support of this umode is indicated by the DEAF token in
RPL_ISUPPORT (005); the parameter indicates the letter
of the umode. Note that several common IRCD implementations have
an umode like this (typically +d) but do not have the token in 005.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+g, Caller ID</title>
<para>
<note>
<para>
This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
</para>
</note>
Users with the +g umode set will only receive private messages from users on a
session-defined whitelist, defined by the /accept command. If a user who is not
on the whitelist attempts to send a private message, the target user will receive a rate-limited notice saying that the user
wishes to speak to them.
</para>
<para>
Network operators are not affected by the callerid whitelist system in the event
that they need to speak to users who have it enabled.
</para>
<para>
Support of this umode is indicated by the CALLERID token in
RPL_ISUPPORT (005); the optional parameter indicates the letter
of the umode, otherwise +g.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+i, invisible</title>
<para>
<note>
<para>
This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
</para>
</note>
Invisible users do not show up in WHO and NAMES unless you can see them.
</para>
</sect2>
<!-- not planned (jilles)
<sect2>
<title>+I, refuse invite</title>
<para>
<note>
<para>
This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
</para>
</note>
If you have the +I umode set, nobody will be able to issue an INVITE to let you
in to a channel.
</para>
<para>
This mode is not yet implemented. It will be implemented in Charybdis 1.1.
</para>
</sect2>
-->
<sect2>
<title>+l, receive locops</title>
<para>
LOCOPS is a version of OPERWALL that is sent to opers on a single
server only. With cluster{} and shared{} blocks they can optionally
be propagated further.
</para>
<para>
Unlike OPERWALL, any oper can send and receive LOCOPS.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+o, operator</title>
<para>
This indicates global operator status.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+Q, disable forwarding</title>
<para>
<note>
<para>
This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
</para>
</note>
This umode prevents you from being affected by any of the channel forwarding mechanisms. In
any event where you would normally be forwarded, instead you will get the usual error message
as if no forwarding was in effect.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+R, reject messages from unauthenticated users</title>
<para>
<note>
<para>
This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
</para>
</note>
If a user has the +R umode set, then any users who are not authenticated
will receive an error message if they attempt to send a private
message or notice to the +R user.
</para>
<para>
Opers and accepted users (like in +g) are exempt.
Unlike +g, the target user is not notified of failed messages.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+s, receive server notices</title>
<para>
This umode allows an oper to receive server notices.
The requested types of server notices are specified as a
parameter (<quote>snomask</quote>) to this umode.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+S, network service</title>
<para>
<note>
<para>
This umode can only be set by servers named in a service{}
block.
</para>
</note>
This umode grants various features useful for services. For example,
clients with this umode cannot be kicked or deopped on channels,
do not show channels the querying user is not on in WHOIS,
and do not appear in /stats p.
</para>
<para>
The exact effects of this umode are variable; no user or oper on
an actual charybdis server can set it.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+w, receive wallops</title>
<para>
<note>
<para>
This is a user umode, which anybody can set. It is not specific to operators.
</para>
</note>
Users with the +w umode set will receive WALLOPS messages sent by opers.
Opers with +w additionally receive WALLOPS sent by servers (e.g.
remote CONNECT, remote SQUIT, many services packages).
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+z, receive operwall</title>
<para>
OPERWALL differs from WALLOPS in that the ability to receive such messages is
restricted. Opers with +z set will receive OPERWALL messages.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="snomaskusage">
<title>Snomask usage</title>
<para>
Usage is as follows:
</para>
<cmdsynopsis><command>MODE</command>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice=plain>+s</arg>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>+/-flags</replaceable></arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
To set snomasks.
</para>
<cmdsynopsis><command>MODE</command>
<arg choice=plain><replaceable>nick</replaceable></arg>
<arg choice=plain>-s</arg>
</cmdsynopsis>
<para>
To clear all snomasks.
</para>
<para>
Umode +s will be set if at least one snomask is set.
</para>
<para>
Umode +s is oper only by default, but even if you allow nonopers to
set it, they will not get any server notices.
</para>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="snomasklist">
<title>Meanings of server notice masks</title>
<sect2>
<title>+b, bot warnings</title>
<para>
Opers with the +b snomask set will receive warning messages from the server when potential
flooders and spambots are detected.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+c, client connections</title>
<para>
Opers who have the +c snomask set will receive server notices when clients attach to the
local server.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+C, extended client connection notices</title>
<para>
Opers who have the +C snomask set will receive server notices when clients attach to the
local server. Unlike the +c snomask, the information is displayed in a format intended
to be parsed by scripts, and includes the two unused fields of the USER command.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+d, debug</title>
<para>
The +d snomask provides opers extra information which may be of interest to debuggers.
It will also cause the user to receive server notices if certain assertions fail inside the
server. Its precise meaning is variable. Do not depend on the
effects of this snomask as they can and will change without notice in later revisions.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+f, full warning</title>
<para>
Opers with the +f snomask set will receive notices when a user
connection is denied because a connection limit is exceeded
(one of the limits in a class{} block, or the total per-server
limit settable with /quote set max).
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+k, server kill notices</title>
<para>
Opers with the +k snomask set will receive server notices when
services kill users and when
other servers kill and save (forced nick change to UID) users.
Kills and saves by this server are on +d or +s.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+n, nick change notices</title>
<para>
An oper with +n set will receive a server notice every time a local user changes their nick,
giving the old and new nicks.
This is mostly useful for bots that track all users on a single server.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+r, notices on name rejections</title>
<para>
Opers with this snomask set will receive a server notice when somebody tries to use an
invalid username, or if a dumb HTTP proxy tries to connect.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+s, generic server notices</title>
<para>
This snomask allows an oper to receive generic server notices.
This includes kills from opers (except services).
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+u, unauthorized connections</title>
<para>
This snomask allows an oper to see when users try to connect who do not have an
available auth{} block.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+x, extra routing notices</title>
<para>
Opers who have the +x snomask set will get notices about servers
connecting and disconnecting on the whole network. This includes
all servers connected behind the affected link. This can get
rather noisy but is useful for keeping track of all linked
servers.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+y, spy</title>
<para>
Opers with +y receive notices when users try to join RESV'ed (<quote>juped</quote>) channels.
Additionally, if certain extension modules are loaded, they will
receive notices when special commands are used and/or when they
are whoised.
</para>
</sect2>
<sect2>
<title>+Z, operspy notices</title>
<para>
Opers with +Z receive notices whenever an oper anywhere on the
network uses operspy.
</para>
<para>
This snomask can be configured to be only effective for admins.
</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<!-- Keep this comment at the end of the file
Local variables:
mode: sgml
sgml-omittag:t
sgml-shorttag:t
sgml-namecase-general:t
sgml-general-insert-case:lower
sgml-minimize-attributes:nil
sgml-always-quote-attributes:t
sgml-indent-step:2
sgml-indent-data:t
sgml-parent-document: ("charybdis-oper-guide.sgml" "book")
sgml-exposed-tags:nil
fill-column: 105
sgml-validate-command: "nsgmls -e -g -s -u charybdis-oper-guide.sgml"
End:
-->

330
doc/technical/README.TSora Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
Protocol changes for +TSora
---------------------------
Note:
The protocols described here implement TimeStamps on IRC channels and
nicks. The idea of IRC TimeStamps was started on Undernet, and first
implemented by Run <carlo@runaway.xs4all.nl>. The protocols used here
are not exactly the same as the ones used on Undernet; the nick-kill
handling is very similar and must be credited to Run, while the
"TimeStamped channel description" protocol is quite different.
TSora servers keep track of which version of the TS protocol (if any)
their neighboring servers are using, and take it into account when
sending messages to them. This allows for seamless integration of TS
servers into a non-TS net, and for upgrades of the protocol.
Each server knows which is the lowest and the highest version of the
TS protocol it can interact with; currently both of these are set to 1:
#define TS_CURRENT 1 /* the highest TS ver we can do */
#define TS_MIN 1 /* the lowest TS ver we can do */
Timings and TS versions:
========================
. Keep a 'delta' value to be added to the result of all calls to time(),
initially 0.
. Send a second argument to the PASS command, ending in the 'TS' string.
. Send a
SVINFO <TS_CURRENT> <TS_MIN> <STANDALONE> :<UTC-TIME>
just after "SERVER", where <STANDALONE> is 1 if we're connected to
more TSora servers, and 0 if not, and <UTC-TIME> is our idea of the
current UTC time, fixed with the delta.
. When we receive a "SVINFO <x> <y> <z> :<t>" line from a connecting
server, we ignore it if TS_CURRENT<y or x<TS_MIN, otherwise we
set a flag remembering that that server is TS-aware, remember the TS
version to use with it (min(TS_CURRENT, x)). Additionally, if this is
our first connected TS server, we set our delta to t-<OUR_UTC> if
z==0, and to (t-<OUR_UTC>)/2 if z!=0. The SVINFO data is kept around
until the server has effectively registered with SERVER, and used
*after* sending our own SVINFO to that server.
Explanations:
Servers will always know which of their directly-linked servers can do
TS, and will use the TS protocol only with servers that do understand
it. This makes it possible to switch to full TS in just one
code-replacement step, without incompatibilities.
As long as not all servers are TS-aware, the net will be divided into
"zones" of linked TS-aware servers. Channel modes will be kept
synchronized at least within the zone in which the channel was
created, and nick collisions between servers in the same zone will
result in only one client being killed.
Time synchronization ensures that servers have the same idea of the
current time, and achieves this purpose as long as TS servers are
introduced one by one within the same 'zone'. The merging of two zones
cannot synchronize them completely, but it is to be expected that
within each zone the effective time will be very close to the real
time.
By sending TSINFO after SERVER rather than before, we avoid the extra
lag created by the identd check on the server. To be able to send
immediately a connect burst of either type (TS or not), we need to
know before that if the server does TS or not, so we send that
information with PASS as an extra argument. And to avoid being
incompatible with 2.9 servers, which check that this second argument
begins with "2.9", we check that it *ends* with "TS".
The current time is only used when setting a TS on a new channel or
nick, and once such a TS is set, it is never modified because of
synchronization, as it is much more important that the TS for a
channel or nick stays the same across all servers than that it is
accurate to the second.
Note that Undernet's 2.8.x servers have no time synchronization at
all, and have had no problems because of it - all of this is more to
catch the occasional server with a way-off clock than anything.
NICK handling patches (anti-nick-collide + shorter connect burst):
==================================================================
. For each nick, store a TS value = the TS value received if any, or our
UTC+delta at the time we first heard of the nick. TS's are propagated
to TS-aware servers whenever sending a NICK command.
. Nick changes reset the TS to the current time.
. When sending a connect burst to another TS server, replace the
NICK/USER pair with only one NICK command containing the nick, the
hopcount, the TS, the umode, and all the USER information.
The format for a full NICK line is:
NICK <nick> <hops> <TS> <umode> <user> <host> <server> :<ircname>
The umode is a + followed by any applying usermodes.
The format for a nick-change NICK line is:
:<oldnick> NICK <newnick> :<TS>
. When a NICK is received from a TS server, that conflicts with an
existing nick:
+ if the userhosts differ or one is not known:
* if the timestamps are equal, kill ours and the old one if it
was a nick change
* if the incoming timestamp is older than ours, kill ours and
propagate the new one
* if the incoming timestamp is younger, ignore the line, but kill
the old nick if it was a nick change
+ if the userhosts are the same:
* if the timestamps are equal, kill ours and the old one if it
was a nick change
* if the incoming timestamp is younger, kill ours and propagate
the new one
* if the incoming timestamp is older, ignore the line but kill
the old nick if it was a nick change
. When a NICK is received from a non-TS server that conflicts with
an existing nick, kill both.
. Do not send "Fake Prefix" kills in response to lines coming from TS
servers; the sanitization works anyway, and this allows the "newer
nick overruled" case to work.
Explanations:
The modified nick-introduction syntax allows for a slightly shorter
connect-burst, and most importantly lets the server compare
user@host's when determining which nick to kill: if the user@host
is the same, then the older nick must be killed rather than the
newer.
When talking to a non-TS server, we need to behave exactly like one
because it expects us to. When talkign to a TS server, we don't kill
the nicks it's introducing, as we know it'll be smart enough to do it
itself when seeing our own introduced nick.
When we see a nick arriving from a non-TS server, it won't have a TS,
but it's safe enough to give it the current time rather than keeping
it 0; such TS's won't be the same all across the network (as long as
there is more than one TS zone), and when there's a collision, the TS
used will be the one in the zone the collision occurs in.
Also, it is important to note that by the time a server sees (and
chooses to ignore) a nick introduction, the introducing server has
also had the time to put umode changes for that nick on its queue, so
we must ignore them too... so we need to ignore fake-prefix lines
rather than sending kills for them. This is safe enough, as the rest
of the protocol ensures that they'll get killed anyway (and the
Undernet does it too, so it's been more than enough tested). Just for
an extra bit of compatibility, we still kill fake prefixes coming from
non-TS servers.
This part of the TS protocol is almost exactly the same as the
Undernet's .anc (anti-nick-collide) patches, except that Undernet
servers don't add usermodes to the NICK line.
TimeStamped channel descriptions (avoiding hacked ops and desynchs):
====================================================================
. For each channel, keep a timestamp, set to the current time when the
channel is created by a client on the local server, or to the received
value if the channel has been propagated from a TS server, or to 0
otherwise. This value will have the semantics of "the time of creation
of the current ops on the channel", and 0 will mean that the channel
is in non-TS mode.
A new server protocol command is introduced, SJOIN, which introduces
a full channel description: a timestamp, all the modes (except bans),
and the list of channel members with their ops and voices. This
command will be used instead of JOIN and of (most) MODEs both in
connect bursts and when propagating channel creations among TS
servers. SJOIN will never be accepted from or sent to users.
The syntax for the command is:
SJOIN <TS> #<channel> <modes> :[@][+]<nick_1> ... [@][+]<nick_n>
The fields have the following meanings:
* <TS> is the timestamp for the channel
* <modes> is the list of global channel modes, starting with a +
and a letter for each of the active modes (spmntkil), followed
by an argument for +l if there is a limit, and an argument for
+k if there's a key (in the same order they were mentioned in
the string of letters).
A channel with no modes will have a "+" in that field.
A special value of "0" means that the server does not specify the
modes, and will be used when more than one SJOIN line is needed
to completely describe a channel, or when propagating a SJOIN
the modes of which were rejected.
* Each nick is preceded by a "@" if the user has ops, and a "+" if
the user has a voice. For mode +ov, both flags are used.
SJOINs will be propagated (when appropriate) to neighboring TS
servers, and converted to JOINs and MODEs for neighboring non-TS
servers.
To propagate channels for which not all users fit in one
SJOIN line, several SJOINs will be sent consecutively, only the first
one including actual information in the <mode> field.
An extra ad-hoc restriction is imposed on SJOIN messages, to simplify
processing: if a channel has ops, then the first <nick> of the first
SJOIN sent to propagate that channel must be one of the ops.
Servers will never attempt to reconstruct a SJOIN from JOIN/MODE
information being received at the moment from other servers.
. For each user on a channel, keep an extra flag (like ops and voice)
that is set when the user has received channel ops from another
server (in a SJOIN channel description), which we rejected (ignored).
Mode changes (but NOT kicks) coming from a TS server and from someone
with this flag set will be ignored. The flag will be reset when the
user gets ops from another user or server.
. On deops done by non-local users, coming from TS servers, on channels
with a non-zero TS, do not check that the user has ops but check that
their 'deopped' flag is not set. For kicks coming from a TS server, do
not check either. This will avoid desynchs, and 'bad' modechanges are
avoided anyway. Other mode changes will still only be taken into
account and propagated when done by users that are seen as having ops.
. When a MODE change that ops someone is received from a server for a
channel, that channel's TS is set to 0, and the mode change is
propagated.
. When a SJOIN is received for a channel, deal with it in this way:
* received-TS = 0:
+ if we have ops or the SJOIN doesn't op anyone, SJOIN propagated
with our own TS.
+ otherwise, TS set to 0 and SJOIN propagated with 0.
* received-TS > 0, own-TS = 0:
+ if the SJOIN ops someone or we don't have ops, set our TS to the
received TS and propagate.
+ otherwise, propagate with TS = 0.
* received-TS = own-TS: propagate.
* received-TS < own-TS:
+ if the SJOIN ops someone, remove *all* modes (except bans) from
the channel and propagate these mode changes to all neighboring
non-TS servers, and copy the received TS and propagate the SJOIN.
+ if the SJOIN does not op anyone and we have ops, propagate
with our own TS.
+ otherwise, copy the received TS and propagate the SJOIN.
* received-TS > own-TS:
+ if the SJOIN does not introduce any ops, process and propagate
with our own TS.
+ if we have ops: for each person the mode change would op, set the
'deopped' flag; process all the JOINs ignoring the '@' and '+'
flags; propagate without the flags and with our TS.
+ if we don't have ops: set our TS to the received one, propagate
with the flags.
Explanations:
This part of the protocol is the one that is most different (and
incompatible) with the Undernet's: we never timestamp MODE changes,
but instead we introduce the concept of time-stamped channel
descriptions. This way each server can determine, based on its state
and the received description, what the correct modes for a channel
are, and deop its own users if necessary. With this protocol, there is
*never* the need to reverse and bounce back a mode change. This is
both faster and more bandwith-effective.
The end goal is to have a protocol will eventually protect channels
against hacked ops, while minimizing the impact on a mixed-server net.
In order to do this, whenever there is a conflict between a TS server
and a non-TS one, the non-TS one's idea of the whole situation
prevails. This means that channels will only have a TS when they have
been created on a TS-aware server, and will lose it whenever a server
op comes from a non-TS server. Also, at most one 'zone' will have a TS
for any given channel at any given time, ensuring that there won't be
any deops when zones are merged. However, when TS zones are merged, if
the side that has a TS also has ops, then the TS is kept across the
whole new zone. Effective protection will only be ensured once all
servers run TS patches and channels have been re-created, as there is
no way servers can assign a TS to a channel they are not creating
(like they do with nicks) without having unwanted deops later.
The visible effects of this timestamped channel-description protocol
are that when a split rejoins, and one side has hacked ops, the other
side doesn't see any server mode changes (just like with Undernet's
TS), but the side that has hacked ops sees:
* first the first server on the other side deopping and devoicing
everyone, and fixing the +spmntkli modes
* then other users joining, and getting server ops and voices
The less obvious part of this protocol is its behavior in the case
that the younger side of a rejoin has servers that are lagged with
each other. In such a situation, a SJOIN that clears all modes and
sets the legitimate ones is being propagated from one server, and
lagged illegitimate mode changes and kicks are being propagated in the
opposite direction. In this case, a kick done by someone who is being
deopped by the SJOIN must be taken into account to keep the name list
in sync (and since it can only be kicking someone who also was on the
younger side), while a deop does not matter (and will be ignored by
the first server on the other side), and an opping *needs* to be
discareded to avoid hacked ops.
The main property of timestamped channel descriptions that makes them
a very stable protocol even with lag and splits, is that they leave a
server in the same final state, independently of the order in which
channel descriptions coming from different servers are received. Even
when SJOINs and MODEs for the same channel are being propagated in
different direction because of several splits rejoining, the final
state will be the same, independently of the exact order in which each
server received the SJOINs, and will be the same across all the
servers in the same zone.

34
doc/technical/capab.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
Server capabilities
William Pitcock <nenolod -at- nenolod.net>
-------------------
Not all TSora IRCd's support these.
QS - supports Quit Storm (SQUIT does not have to send recursive quits)
EX - supports ban exceptions (+e)
CHW - supports messages directed to channel operators only i.e. @#channel
IE - supports invite exceptions (+I)
EOB - supports end of burst notification (EOB token)
KLN - supports remote KLINE
UNKLN - supports remote UNKLINE
GLN - supports hybrid7-style GLINE (:oper GLINE user host :reason)
HOPS - supports halfops (+h -- %<nick>)
HUB - denotes that the target server is a HUB
AOPS - supports anonymous ops (+a, op hiding/op status hiding)
KNOCK - supports KNOCK extension (request invite to +ikl channel)
TBURST - supports old TBURST command [broken, don't use.]
TB - supports new TB command [do use.]
PARA - supports sending invite notices via INVITE from server
ENCAP - supports message encapsulation
SERVICES - supports ratbox's services extensions
SAVE - supports SAVE extension (friendlier alternative to KILL on nick collide)
RSFNC - supports RSFNC extension (forcenick)
CLUSTER - supports remote XLINE, UNXLINE, RESV, UNRESV and LOCOPS
EUID - supports EUID, non-ENCAP CHGHOST and NICKDELAY
ZIP - supports ziplinks
ENC - supports encryption (cryptlinks)
The KLN, UNKLN and CLUSTER capabilities do not apply to klines, xlines
and resvs sent over ENCAP.
Disabling ban/invite exceptions in ircd.conf does not remove the EX/IE capabs.

26
doc/technical/cluster.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
$Id: cluster.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
Short description of how remote kline and friends are propagated under
the old hyb7 style (CAP_KLN etc) and under the new style over ENCAP.
CAP_KLN:
:<source> KLINE <target> <time> <user> <host> :<reason>
:<source> ENCAP <target> KLINE <time> <user> <host> :<reason>
CAP_UNKLN:
:<source> UNKLINE <target> <user> <host>
:<source> ENCAP <target> UNKLINE <user> <host>
CAP_CLUSTER:
:<source> XLINE <target> <gecos> <type> :<reason>
:<source> ENCAP <target> XLINE <time> <gecos> <type> :<reason>
:<source> UNXLINE <target> <gecos>
:<source> ENCAP <target> UNXLINE <gecos>
:<source> RESV <target> <name> :<reason>
:<source> ENCAP <target> RESV <time> <name> 0 :<reason>
:<source> UNRESV <target> <name>
:<source> ENCAP <target> UNRESV <name>

71
doc/technical/euid.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
$Id: euid.txt 1863 2006-08-27 13:40:37Z jilles $
Extended UID command proposal
Jilles Tjoelker <jilles@stack.nl>
Introduction
------------
The current protocol to deal with real and visible hosts, with UID, ENCAP
REALHOST and ENCAP CHGHOST commands has several problems.
In some cases (MONITOR) real hosts are used inappropriately because the UID
command contains the real host for new users. In other cases (atheme
akills), the visible host is used inappropriately because the UID command
contains the visible host for burst users. In both cases nothing is sent
after the UID command if real and visible hosts are equal. In the latter
case this problem can be worked around with end-of-burst detection but in
the former case that is not possible.
This can be fixed by sending both real and visible host in the same command.
This command can also include the data that is currently sent with ENCAP
LOGIN.
Another problem is that CHGHOST is an ENCAP command although it is important
for synchronization. One of the problems is that the target often remains
a UID even if sent to a TS5 server (various old services packages).
This can be fixed by making it a regular command.
Current commands
----------------
(TS6 form only)
:<SID> UID <NICK> <HOPS> <TS> +<UMODE> <USERNAME> <HOSTNAME> <IP> <UID> :<GECOS>
Introduces a user, see Lee Hardy's ts6.txt.
:<UID> ENCAP * REALHOST <REALHOST>
Sets the real host of a user (the hostname in UID is the visible host).
:<SID> ENCAP * CHGHOST <UID> <VHOST>
Sets/changes the visible host of a user (the hostname in UID is the real host).
:<UID> ENCAP * LOGIN <ACCOUNT>
Sets the login name of a user.
New commands
------------
:<SID> EUID <NICK> <HOPS> <TS> +<UMODE> <USERNAME> <VHOST> <IP> <UID> <REALHOST> <ACCOUNT> :<GECOS>
Introduces a user. The hostname field is now always the visible host.
The realhost field is * if the real host is equal to the visible host.
The account field is * if the login is not set.
Note that even if both new fields are *, an EUID command still carries more
information than a UID command (namely that real host is visible host and the
user is not logged in with services). Hence a NICK or UID command received
from a remote server should not be sent in EUID form to other servers.
:<SID> CHGHOST <UID> <VHOST>
Changes the visible host of a user.
A new server capab named EUID will be sent if these commands are supported.
If the capab is not present, the old commands must be used.
EUID can (in principle) also be used with TS5.

84
doc/technical/event.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
Overview of the event subsystem
Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au>
$Id: event.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
One of the things that immediately struck me whilst first looking at the
code was that the ircd periodically scheduled things in io_loop() but
it did them manually. This is very wasteful and very tedious.
Therefore, an event system was added to hybrid. src/event.c contains an
event system ported from the squid web cache. It is pretty self contained,
and only a few things (debugging, time resolution) needed changing.
An event is scheduled through eventAdd() or eventAddIsh() :
eventAdd(const char *name, EVH * func, void *arg, time_t when, int weight)
eventAddIsh(const char *name, EVH * func, void *arg, time_t delta_ish,
int weight)
after 'when' (or delta_ish) seconds has elapsed from the time the above
functions are called, the 'func' is called with the given data 'arg'. The
event is then deleted.
To delete an event, use eventDelete() :
eventDelete(EVH * func, void *arg)
An event is identified by its callback function and data pair.
Events are run through eventRun(). This is designed to be called *BEFORE*
your IO handlers, to let events scheduled immediately (ie a time of 0)
to initiate IO before the IO handlers are called.
(Believe me, its useful.)
Example:
Say you have something which must be called every 15 seconds.
* You would first define the callback in your module:
static EVH foo_periodic_event;
static int initialised = 0;
* You would then add the event in your initialization function:
void foo_init(void)
{
if (!initialised) {
eventAdd("foo_periodic_event", foo_periodic_event, NULL, 0, 0);
initialised = 1;
}
}
This will force the event to be called the next time eventRun() is called,
rather than waiting 15 seconds.
* You then define your event callback:
static void
foo_periodic_event(void *data)
{
/* We'd do our work here */
/* Then we'd finish */
eventAdd("foo_periodic_event", foo_periodic_event, NULL, 15, 0);
}
Notes:
* I really should change the timeout value to be in milliseconds. Squid used
a double, but Dianora had something against floating point code in the main
loop (which is understandable). If someone wants a fun task .. :-)
* Note that the 'name' parameter to eventAdd() / eventAddIsh() is a const
char *, and is *not copied* but *referenced*. Therefore, it is in your
best interest to use string constants.
* /stats E for an oper shows pending events. Thanks Diane!

81
doc/technical/fd-management.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
Overview of the filedescriptor subsystem
Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au>
$Id: fd-management.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
Filedescriptor lists
--------------------
The filedescriptor list is managed through the routines in fdlist.c .
These include:
fd_open() - tag an FD as "open" and active
fd_close() - tag an FD as "closed" and close() the filedescriptor
fd_note() - update the filedescriptor tag
You can get the current list of open filedescriptors through /stats F as
an oper.
FD lists
--------
The FD list support is very alpha. There are a few lists defined:
typedef enum fdlist_t {
FDLIST_NONE,
FDLIST_SERVICE,
FDLIST_SERVER,
FDLIST_IDLECLIENT,
FDLIST_BUSYCLIENT,
FDLIST_MAX
} fdlist_t;
FDLIST_NONE Not on any list (ie close()d)
FDLIST_SERVICE A service - listen() sockets, resolver, etc
FDLIST_SERVER Server connections
FDLIST_IDLECLIENT An idle client
FDLIST_BUSYCLIENT A busy client
FDLIST_MAX Used for bounds checking
The idea is that the SERVICE sockets need polling frequently, the SERVER
sockets also need polling frequently, BUSYCLIENT is for busy clients
which need frequent polling (eg we're trying to write to them), and
IDLECLIENT is for clients which we don't need to poll frequently.
THIS hasn't been decided upon yet.
File operations
---------------
The file operations are also wrapped through file_open() and file_close()
which handle calling fd_open() / fd_close() and tracking the filedescriptors
correctly. fbopen() / fbclose() use file_open() / file_close() too.
fileio.c defines the functions:
int
file_open(const char *filename, int mode, int fmode)
A wrapper around open(filename, flags, mode). Read the open manpage for
information. file_open() enforces filedescriptor limits and tags the FD
through fd_open().
void
file_close(int fd)
A wrapper around close() for files. close() handles fd_close()ing the fd.
FBFILE *
fbopen(const char *filename, const char *mode)
void
fbclose(FBFILE *fb)
These are the 'buffered disk IO' routines. You can read the code yourself.
Note that these routines use file_open() and file_close().

37
doc/technical/file-management.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
Overview of the file management subsystem
Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au>
$Id: file-management.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
File operations
---------------
The file operations are also wrapped through file_open() and file_close()
which handle calling fd_open() / fd_close() and tracking the filedescriptors
correctly. fbopen() / fbclose() use file_open() / file_close() too.
fileio.c defines the functions:
int
file_open(const char *filename, int mode, int fmode)
A wrapper around open(filename, flags, mode). Read the open manpage for
information. file_open() enforces filedescriptor limits and tags the FD
through fd_open().
void
file_close(int fd)
A wrapper around close() for files. close() handles fd_close()ing the fd.
FBFILE *
fbopen(const char *filename, const char *mode)
void
fbclose(FBFILE *fb)
These are the 'buffered disk IO' routines. You can read the code yourself.
Note that these routines use file_open() and file_close().

115
doc/technical/hostmask.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
The hostmask/netmask system.
Copyright(C) 2001 by Andrew Miller(A1kmm)<a1kmm@mware.virtualave.net>
$Id: hostmask.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
Contents
========
* Section 1: Motivation
* Section 2: Underlying mechanism
- 2.1: General overview.
- 2.2: IPv4 netmasks.
- 2.3: IPv6 netmasks.
- 2.4: Hostmasks.
* Section 3: Exposed abstraction layer
- 3.1: Parsing masks.
- 3.2: Adding configuration items.
- 3.3: Initialising or rehashing.
- 3.4: Finding IP/host confs.
- 3.5: Deleting entries.
- 3.6: Reporting entries.
Section 1: Motivation
=====================
Looking up config hostnames and IP addresses(such as for I-lines and
K-lines) needs to be implemented efficiently. It turns out a hash
based algorithm like that employed here performs well on the average
case, which is what we should be the most concerned about. A profiling
comparison with the mtrie code using data from a real network confirmed
that this algorithm performs much better.
Section 2: Underlying mechanism
===============================
2.1: General overview
---------------------
In short, a hash-table with linked lists for buckets is used to locate
the correct hostname/netmask entries. In order to support CIDR IPs and
wildcard masks, the entire key cannot be hashed, and there is a need to
rehash. The means for deciding how much to hash differs between hostmasks
and IPv4/6 netmasks.
2.2: IPv4 netmasks
------------------
In order to hash IPv4 netmasks for addition to the hash, the mask is first
processed to a 32 bit address and a number of bits used. All unused bits
are set to 0. The mask could be in the forms:
1.2.3.4 => 1.2.3.4 32
1.2.3.* => 1.2.3.0 24
1.2 => 1.2.0.0 16
1.2.3.64/26 => 1.2.3.64 26
The number of whole bytes is then calculated, and only those bytes are
hashed. (e.g. 1.2.3.64/26 and 1.2.3.0/24 hash the same).
When a complete IPv4 address is given so that an IPv4 match can be found,
the entire IP address is first hashed, and looked up in the table. Then
the most significant three bytes are hashed, followed by the most
significant two, the most significant one, and finally the 'identity hash'
bucket is searched(to match masks like 192/7).
2.3: IPv6 netmasks
------------------
As per IPv4 netmasks, except that instead of rehashing with a one byte
granularity, a 16 bit(two byte) granularity is used, as 16 rehashes is
considered too great a fixed offset to be justified for a (possible)
slight reduction in hash collisions.
2.4: Hostmasks
--------------
On adding a hostmask to the hash, all of the hostmask right of the next
dot after the last wildcard character in the string is hashed, or in the
case that there are no wildcards in the hostmask, the entire string is
hashed.
On searching for a hostmask match, the entire hostname is hashed, followed
by the entire hostmask after the first dot, followed by the entire
hostmask after the second dot, and so on. Finally, the 'identity' hash
bucket is checked, to catch hostnames like *test*.
Section 3: Exposed abstraction layer
====================================
Section 3.1: Parsing masks
--------------------------
Call "parse_netmask()" with the netmask and a pointer to an irc_inaddr
structure to be filled in, as well as a pointer to an integer where the
number of bits will be placed.
Always check the return value. If it returns HM_HOST, it means that the
mask is probably a hostname mask. If it returns HM_IPV4, it means it was
an IPv4 address. If it returns HM_IPV6, it means it was an IPv6 address.
If parse_netmask returns HM_HOST, no change is made to the irc_inaddr
structure or the number of bits.
Section 3.2: Adding configuration items
---------------------------------------
Call "add_conf_by_address" with the hostname or IP mask, the username,
and the ConfItem* to associate with this mask.
Section 3.3: Initialising and rehashing
----------------------------------------
To initialise, call init_host_hash(). This only needs to be done once on
startup.
On rehash, to wipe out the old unwanted conf, and free them if there are
no references to them, call clear_out_address_conf().
Section 3.4: Finding IP/host confs
----------------------------------
Call find_address_conf() with the hostname, the username, the address,
and the address family.
To find a d-line, call find_dline() with the address and address family.
Section 3.5: Deletiing entries
------------------------------
Call delete_one_address_conf() with the hostname and the ConfItem*.
Section 3.6: Reporting entries
------------------------------
Call report_dlines, report_exemptlines, report_Klines() or report_Ilines()
with the client pointer to report to. Note these walk the hash, which is
inefficient, but these are not called often enough to justify the memory
and maintenance clockcycles to for more efficient data structure.

19
doc/technical/index.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
Technical Documentation for ircd-hybrid-7
Persistent_Clients.txt - A global UID and Persistent client (with cookies)
proposal
README.TSora - Description of the TS3 protocol
README.openssl - Information for users who have problems with
Hybrid, OpenSSL, and their operating system
cryptlink.txt - Outline of CRYPTLINK protocol
event.txt - Outline of the event system
fd-management.txt - Outline of the file descriptor management system
file-management.txt - Outline of the disk file management system
hostmask.txt - Outline of hostmask handling
linebuf.txt - Outline of the linebuf system (dbuf replacement)
network.txt - Outline of the network traffic subsystem
rfc1459.txt - The IRC RFC
send.txt - Document on all of the send_to functions
whats-new-code.txt - Whats changed in the code
# $Id: index.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

139
doc/technical/linebuf.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
linebuf - a dbuf replacement for the New World Order(tm)
By Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au>
$Id: linebuf.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
History
-------
I could probably learn the dbuf history, but basically its evil. The
general idea is that a dbuf holds incoming and outgoing data streams.
The trouble is that well.. it was evil. You can check it out by getting
the old src/dbuf.c and include/dbuf.h files if you really want.
Replacement
-----------
The linebuf system is a replacement for the dbuf code. The general idea here
is that the data should be buffered in "lines" rather than just linearly
like in the dbuf code. This lends to easier manipulation at a later date
(think flushing data lines to a socket, and even "sharing" linebufs to
reduce the copying required for one to many delivery.)
The linebuf system is broken into two structures, the buf_head and buf_line .
buf_head contains the buffer information (queue head/tail, length, allocated
length and the write offset for flushing), and buf_line contains the
line buffer information (buffer and various flags.)
linebuf->terminated is *only* set when a CR/LF combination is received.
linebuf->overflow is set if we get more data than we should, and we simply
truncate the incoming data.
linebuf->flushing is set when we are currently writing the buffer. We should
_NEVER_ be appending to a buffer which we're flushing!
When you get a buffer through linebuf_get() or write one through
linebuf_flush(), it will *always* be terminated with a CR/LF (and a NUL if
its a linebuf_get()).
Linebuf manipulation
--------------------
To use a linebuf, you simply stick a buf_head_t in your structure somewhere.
You then use the following routines:
int
linebuf_parse(buf_head_t *bufhead, char *buf, int len)
Parse the given buf. This routine does some complex manipulation:
- if there is an incomplete buffer at the tail, buf is parsed to try and
fill that incomplete buffer
- a buffer is completed by a CR/LF/CRLF/LFCR. It accepts everything purely
because I wanted to be "liberal in what you accept" ..
- If a buffer is terminated, the linebuf is flagged terminated
- If more data is trying to be squeezed into the buffer than space LEFT
in the buffer, we skip to the next "CRLF", and tag the buffer terminated
_and_ overflowed.
- We treat multiple runs of CR/LF/CRLF/LFCR as a single CRLF. This is just
a little extra goody to stop people sending hundreds of "CRLF"s and creating
unnecessary buffers.
- The number of lines parsed is returned (so you can implement per-line flood
protection ..)
void
linebuf_put(buf_head_t *bufhead, char *buf, int len)
Parse the given buf, ASSUMING it is a single buffer line. This is useful
for server-generated messages where you know you have a single line, and
you don't want to go through the overhead of parsing the data just for
this.
int
linebuf_get(buf_head_t *bufhead, char *buf, int maxlen)
Get a single line from the buffer. This removes data from the head of the
buffer. If the first buffer is empty or is not terminated, 0 is returned
which indicates that there is no data to parse. Terminated buffers are
returned (CR/LF/NUL), and the length INCLUDING the CR/LF/NUL is returned.
The buffer is copied and the linebuf is then deallocated.
int
linebuf_flush(int fd, buf_head_t *bufhead)
Attempt to flush some data to the given socket. bufhead->writeofs tracks
where in the head buffer we currently are. If the buffer is not terminated,
-1 is returned with errno == EWOULDBLOCK to simulate a "retry me" condition.
(See TODO..)
linebuf_flush() returns whatever write() returns, and sets (ie doesn't touch
after write()) errno accordingly.
int
linebuf_len(buf_head_t *bufhead)
Return the length of the buffer, in bytes. This should be used when calculating
how big a buffer is for statistics.
int
linebuf_alloclen(buf_head_t *bufhead)
Return how big the *allocated* space is. This is much more suitable for
anti-flood checking, as someone might be sending a whole bunch of 1-byte
linebufs which might not trigger a recvq / sendq limit but might chew up
way too much memory.
Notes
-----
* Remember that the trailing NUL isn't covered in the string length.
Limitations
-----------
* all the buffers are a fixed size - here they are current 513 bytes
(510 bytes + CR/LF/NUL)
TODO
----
* linebuf_flush() should be changed a little so if the buffer isn't
terminated, we *dont* retry flushing a buffer until we get more data.
* Implement a reference-friendly linebuf to reduce copies ..

105
doc/technical/network.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
Overview of the network subsystem
Adrian Chadd <adrian@creative.net.au>
$Id: network.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
This document is an overview of the new and hopefully improved network
subsystem.
The code is based loosely upon the network core found in the Squid web cache
server, with some optimizations for ircd-specific IO patterns.
Filedescriptor IO
-----------------
Filedescriptor IO is initiated using comm_setselect(). comm_setselect()
registers interest in reading from or writing to a file descriptor.
When a filedescriptor is ready for the required IO a callback is called
from the IO loop.
The comm_setselect() usage is:
void
comm_setselect(int fd, fdlist_t list, int type, PF *callback, void *cbdata,
int timeout)
where:
fd filedescriptor
list Which list the FD should be put on
type IO type. Can currently include:
COMM_SELECT_READ - register for read
COMM_SELECT_WRITE - register for write
callback Function to call when the FD is ready
cbdata Data to be passed to above function
timeout Update the timeout value. 0 is "don't update".
A typical use is:
..
/* Register interest in the FD for a read event */
comm_setselect(fd, FDLIST_SERVICE, COMM_SELECT_READ, read_callback, read_data,
0);
..
(FD becomes ready for read in the IO loop)
void
read_callback(int fd, void *data)
{
/* called when the FD becomes ready for read */
retval = read(fd, buf, len);
..
/* Ok, we need to read some more when its ready */
comm_setselect(fd, FDLIST_SERVICE, COMM_SELECT_READ, read_callback, data,
0);
}
Socket timeouts
---------------
A "socket timeout" is a callback registered to be called when a certain
amount of time has elapsed. Think of it as an event, but against a FD.
A good example of socket timeouts is in the comm_connect_tcp() code.
When the connect() begins, comm_settimeout() is called to call
comm_connect_timeout() if the timeout occurs. Once the connect() completes,
comm_settimeout() is called with a timeout of 0 and callback of NULL
to deregister the timeout. If the timeout occurs, comm_connect_timeout()
is called and the connection attempt is aborted.
Functions
---------
comm_open() - a socket() wrapper, enforcing fd limitations and tagging the
file descriptor with a note
comm_accept() - an accept() wrapper, enforcing fd limitations and tagging
the file descriptor with a note
comm_connect_tcp() - attempt an async connect(). Handles DNS lookups if
required, and will call the given callback at completion or error
comm_settimeout() - set a callback to be called after a given time period.
This is good to implement things like PING checks and connect() timeouts.
Notes:
* All socket creation should go through comm_open() / comm_accept().
* All socket closing should go through fd_close(). comm_close() isn't
implemented yet.
* comm_connect_tcp() is your best friend. :-)
* *ALL* network sockets should be non-blocking. If your OS doesn't support
non-blocking sockets, you shouldn't be here.

3643
doc/technical/rfc1459.txt Normal file
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

253
doc/technical/send.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
send.c re-work
PREFIXES
========
Server prefixes are the ":%s" strings at the beginning of messages.
They are used by servers to route the message properly and by servers to
local clients to update their idea of who is whom.
":nick!user@host" is a prefix ":name" where name is either a nick
or name of a server is another valid prefix.
Typical prefix for a local client to a channel:
":Dianora!db@irc.db.net"
for a prefix to a remote server:
":Dianora"
e.g. as seen locally on a channel:
":Dianora!db@irc.db.net PRIVMSG #us-opers :ON TOP OF ...\r\n"
e.g. as seen sent to a remote server:
":Dianora PRIVMSG #us-opers :ON TOP OF ...\r\n"
It has been argued that full prefixes sent locally are a waste of bandwidth
(Isomer from Undernet has argued this). i.e. instead of sending:
":nick!user@host" for a local prefix, one could just send ":nick"..
Unfortunately, this breaks many clients badly. Personally I feel that
until clients are updated to understand that a full prefix isn't always
going to be sent, that this should be held off on.
As much as possible, prefix generation is now moved "upstairs" as
much as possible. i.e. if its known its a local client only, then the
onus of the prefix generation, is the users, not hidden in send.c
This allows somewhat faster code to be written, as the prefix doesn't
have to be regenerated over and over again.
Prefixes aren't sent in all cases, such as a new user using NICK
A prefix is needed when it must be routed.
i.e.
NICK newnick
There is obviously no prefix needed from a locally connected client.
FUNCTIONS
=========
sendto_one() - Should be used for _local_ clients only
it expects the prefix to be pre-built by user.
usage - sendto_one(struct Client *to, char *pattern, ...);
typical use:
sendto_one(acptr,":%s NOTICE %s :I'm tired", me.name,
acptr->name);
Note: This was from a server "me" hence only one
name in prefix.
This would be an example of a client sptr, noticing
acptr IF acptr is known to be a local client:
sendto_one(acptr,":%s!%s@%s NOTICE %s :You there?",
sptr->name,
sptr->username,
sptr->host,
acptr->name);
sendto_one_prefix()
- Sends a message to a remote client, with proper
prefix and target (name or UID).
usage - sendto_one_prefix(struct Client *target_p,
struct Client *source_p,
const char *command,
const char *pattern, ...)
typical use:
sendto_one_prefix(target_p, source_p, "INVITE", ":%s",
chptr->chname);
sendto_one_notice()
- Sends a notice from this server to target. Target may
be a local or remote client.
Prefix and target are chosen based on TS6 capability.
typical use:
sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":You suck. Yes, really.");
sendto_one_numeric()
- Sends a numeric from this server to target. Target may
be a local or remote client.
Prefix and target are chosen based on TS6 capability.
typical use:
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSDEBUG,
"p :%u staff members", count);
sendto_channel_flags()
- This function sends a var args message to a channel globally,
except to the client specified as "one", the prefix
is built by this function on the fly as it has to
be sent both to local clients on this server and to
remote servers.
For type use one of:
ONLY_SERVERS ALL_MEMBERS ONLY_CHANOPS ONLY_CHANOPSVOICED
If type is not ALL_MEMBERS it's not sent to not-CHW-capable
servers.
Deaf (umode +D) clients are always skipped.
usage - sendto_channel_flags(struct Client *one,
int type,
struct Client *from,
struct Channel *chptr,
const char *pattern, ... );
sendto_channel_butone(cptr, ALL_MEMBERS, sptr, chptr
"PRIVMSG %s :HI!",
chptr->chname);
e.g. if channel message is coming from "cptr"
it must not be sent back to cptr.
sendto_server()
- This function sends specified var args message
to all connected servers except the client "one"
which have all of "caps" capabilities but none
of "nocaps" capabilities.
If "chptr" is not NULL and is a local channel,
nothing is sent.
usage - sendto_server(struct Client *one,
struct Channel *chptr,
unsigned long caps,
unsigned long nocaps,
const char *format, ... );
sendto_common_channels_local()
- This function is used only by m_nick and exit_one_client
its used to propagate nick changes to all channels user
is in, and QUIT messages to all channels user is in.
As it only sends to local clients, prefix generation
is left to the user. It also sends the message to the
user if the user isn't on any channels.
usage - sendto_common_channels_local(struct Client *user,
const char *pattern,
...);
sendto_channel_local()
- This function is used to send only locally, never
to remote servers. This is useful when removing
local chanops, or adding a local chanop. MODE/SJOIN
sent to remote server allows that server to propagate
mode changes to its clients locally.
The message is also sent to deaf (umode +D) clients.
usage - sendto_channel_local(int type,
struct Channel *chptr,
const char *pattern, ... );
prefix must be pre-built. type is a flag
denoting ONE of
ALL_MEMBERS - all members locally are sent to
ONLY_CHANOPS_VOICED - only chanops and voiced see this
ONLY_CHANOPS - only chanops see this
sendto_match_butone()
- only used for the old style oper masking
i.e. /msg #hostmask which in hyb7 is /msg $#hostmask
or /msg $servermask in hyb7 /msg $$servermask
usage - sendto_match_butone(struct Client *one,
struct Client *source_p,
char *mask,
int what,
const char *pattern, ... );
one is the client not to send to
mask is the actual mask
what is either MATCH_HOST or MATCH_SERVER
sendto_match_servs()
- Allows sending a message to servers whose names match
the given mask. A message is also sent to non-matching
servers which have matching servers behind them.
Used for ENCAP, remote kline, etc.
No message is sent to source_p->from.
usage - sendto_match_servs(struct Client *source_p,
const char *mask,
int cap, int nocap,
const char *pattern, ...);
sendto_anywhere()
- Allows the sending of a message to any client on the net
without knowing whether its local or remote. The penalty
is the calculation of a run-time prefix.
It is less efficient then sendto_one()
usage - sendto_anywhere(struct Client *to,
struct Client *from,
const char *command,
const char *pattern, ...);
e.g.
sendto_anywhere(target_p, source_p,
"PRIVMSG", ":Hi, Where ever you are");
sendto_realops_flags()
- combines old sendto_realops and sendto_realops_flags
sends specified message to opers locally only
depending on umodes. UMODE_ALL is UMODE_SERVNOTICE.
the message is sent as a server notice, prefixed with
"*** Notice -- ".
usage - sendto_realops_flags(int flags,
const char *pattern, ... );
e.g.
sendto_realops_flags(UMODE_ALL,
"Don't eat the yellow snow");
sendto_wallops_flags()
- sends specified message to opers/users locally,
depending on umodes. used for messages that need
to be in wallops form
- some policy decisions about who gets what live in here
usage - sendto_wallops_flags(int flags,
struct Client *, const char *patterm ...);
e.g.
sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_LOCOPS,
sptr, "Message");
-- Diane Bruce
Updated Jan 2006 by jilles with ratbox and late hybrid7 changes
$Id: send.txt 587 2006-01-27 19:45:11Z jilles $

151
doc/technical/ts5.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
Overview of the TS5 system
Lee H <lee@leeh.co.uk>
$Id: ts5.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
For the purposes of this document, ircd versions:
hybrid6.0
ircd-comstud-1.12
CSr31pl4
and prior, are TS3.
ircd-hybrid-6.2 and later support TS5.
Whats TS5?
----------
The difference between TS5 and TS3 is what happened on opless channels. TS
works by establishing which server has the oldest version of the channel,
the version that is oldest, keeps its modes and ops, the version that is
youngest, removes their modes and ops, and accepts the older version.
There was an exception to this rule with opless channels, if a channel was
opless, TS3 would allow anybody to keep their ops and modes on the channel.
TS5 aims to stop this, by removing this exception.
Example1:
An irc network, with server A (every server is ts3)
UserA is on ServerA, in channel #broken. This channel is opless, and has a
TS of 800000000. ServerA splits, and whilst it is split, UserA cycles
channel #broken, recreates the channel and is given ops. On ServerA #broken
now has a TS of 900000000 and has ops. ServerA rejoins with the network,
via HubB. HubB realises #broken is opless, so allows UserA to retain ops.
The TS is moved forward to 900000000.
The network now sees #broken as having a TS of 900000000, with UserA being
opped.
Example2:
An irc network, with server C (every server is ts5)
Same scenario as above. ServerC splits and UserC cycles channel #broken,
recreating it with a TS of 900000000. ServerC rejoins with the network via
HubD. HubD realises #broken has a TS of 800000000 locally, and ServerC is
showing a TS of 900000000, it ignores ServerC's modes and ops. The channel
remains opless. ServerC receives HubD's modes, and it notices HubD has a
lower TS of channel #broken. It removes UserC's ops, removes the channel
modes on #broken, and accepts HubD's status.
The network version of #broken hasnt changed. It is still opless, with a TS
of 800000000.
As you can see, TS5 makes splitting a server to regain ops useless, as it
cannot be abused to give ops after a netsplit.
The problem with TS5 however, is what happens on a mixed TS5/TS3 network.
Channels where the older TS has ops will behave the same way on TS5 and TS3,
however an opless channel will behave differently, as you can see above.
The result of TS5/TS3 mixed can be a desync:
Example1:
As per Example1 above, except the rest of the network is TS5, ServerA is
TS3. ServerA would keep its modes and ops, whilst the rest of the network
would remove them. This means only ServerA would see UserA as opped. The
desync can be abused, as UserA can send modes. Hybrid6.0 servers will
accept these modes from the unopped client, so if UserA ops UserB, who then
ops UserA, the channel will be the same across all Hybrid6.0 and Hybrid6.1
servers.
Example2:
As per Example2 above, except the rest of the network is TS3. ServerC is
TS5. ServerC would remove its modes and ops, therefore UserC would not be
opped on ServerC, therefore it could not send any mode changes to the
channel. Although it is opped elsewhere, it isnt opped locally, so the
desync cannot be abused.
As you can see, the desync's that can occur can either be resynced, or are
useless to the user, so a mixed TS5/TS3 network is not a huge problem,
although a desync is NOT a good thing to have.
Why TS5?
--------
We have jumped to TS5 from TS3, because there was a version of ircd that was
TS4, so it was thought better to avoid a clash with an existing version.
Advantages
----------
Its a realistic event that a server will be attacked so it splits off a
network, then used to regain ops in a channel. TS5 makes this pointless,
the server will never give ops on a netsplit. TS5 is network wide, so it
leaves individual servers free to choose options like NO_JOIN_ON_SPLIT,
whilst keeping splits useless to users.
Disadvantages
-------------
Its virtually impossible for a user to actively regain ops themselves (some
regard this as an advantage..) because on a large sized channel, its
impossible to get people to leave so it can be recreated, therefore if a
network did not have some form of services, it could possibly end up
requiring oper intervention, as you cant get everybody to leave, and you
cant use splits to regain ops, therefore if the channel is open (an
invite-only channel would gradually destroy itself as noone new can join) it
could be impossible for a user to regain ops.
On a network that has some form of services, The effect of TS5 would be
minimal, however the services must be of sufficient quality to fix opless
channels, as TS5 renders netsplits for ops worthless.
Recommendations
---------------
If your network has good stable services, we recommend TS5 is enabled, as
people have no reason to abuse netsplits anyway.
If your network has no services at all, then TS5 may cause problems with
users being left with a permanently opless channel.
If your network occupies the middle ground, then its a choice between users
needing to be able to use splits to regain ops, or making netsplits that are
caused to regain ops worthless.
If TS5 is chosen, the FULL network must upgrade and this should be done in a
relatively short space of time to minimise the possible desync effects.
Alternatives
------------
There is also NO_JOIN_ON_SPLIT and NO_OP_ON_SPLIT, however these use the
configuration of minimum servers and users, and sometimes a split that is
above these limits is enough to be abused to regain ops, whereas if the
limits are too high, clients will never be able to join anything or be opped
when they create a channel.
EOF

269
doc/technical/ts6.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
$Id: ts6.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
TS6 Proposal (v7)
Written by Lee H <lee@leeh.co.uk>
Ideas borrowed heavily from ircnet (Beeth, jv, Q)
Introduction
------------
This document aims to fix some of the flaws that are still present in the
current TS system.
Whilst only one person may use a nickname at any one time, they are not
a reliable method of directing commands between servers. Clients can change
their nicknames, which can create desyncs. A reliable method of directing
messages between servers is required so that a message will always reach the
intended destination, even if the client changes nicks in between.
UID solves this problem by ensuring that a client has a unique ID for the
duration of his connection.
This document also aims to solve the lack of TS rules to channel 'bans' on
a netburst. Bans from both sides of a TS war (losing/winning) are kept.
Bursting the bans with a TS solves this problem.
There is also a race condition in the current TS system, where a user can
issue a mode during a netburst and the mode will be set on the server
we are bursting to.
Definitions
-----------
Throughout this document, the following terms are used:
SID - A servers unique ID. This is three characters long and must be in
the form [0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9]
ID - A clients unique ID. This is six characters long and must be in
the form [A-Z][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9][A-Z0-9]. The
numbers [0-9] at the beginning of an ID are legal characters, but
reserved for future use.
UID - An ID concateneted to a SID. This forms the clients UID.
TS6 - The TS version 6.
Support
-------
Support for this document is given by the TS version 6.
Wherever a destination parameter or source parameter is used, it must use
the SID or UID if the server/client has one. A TS6 capable server must
translate any SIDs/UIDs back into the server/clients name when communicating
with a server that does not support TS6.
A TS6 server must also support the QS (quitstorm) system, and the encap
specification found here:
http://www.leeh.co.uk/ircd/encap.txt
The TS6 protocol does not supports masked entities.
Nick TS rules
-------------
A server receiving a command that requires nick TS rules must check for a
collision between an existing user, and the nick in the received message.
(the "new user"). The collisions must obey the rules specified in Nick TS
collisions.
If the TS received is lower than the TS of the existing user the server will
collide the existing user if the clients user@host are different, if the
clients user@hosts are identical it will collide the new user.
If the TS received is equal to the TS of the existing user both clients are
collided.
If the TS received is higher than the TS of the existing user, the server
will collide the existing user if the user@hosts are identical, if the
clients user@host are different it will collide the new user and drop the
message.
Nick TS collisions
------------------
If both users are to be collided, we must issue a KILL for the existing
user to all servers. If the new user has a UID then we must also issue a
KILL for that UID back to the server sending us data causing the collision.
If only the existing user is being collided, we must issue a KILL for the
existing user to all servers except the server sending us data. If the
existing user has a UID and the server sending us data supports TS6 then
we must also issue a KILL for the existing users UID to the server sending
us data.
If only the new user is being collided, we must issue a KILL for the new user
back to the server sending us data if the new user has a UID.
Channel TS rules
----------------
A server receiving a command that requires normal channel TS rules must
apply the following rules to the command.
If the TS received is lower than our TS of the channel a TS6 server must
remove status modes (+ov etc) and channel modes (+nt etc). If the
originating server is TS6 capable (ie, it has a SID), the server must
also remove any ban modes (+b etc). The new modes and statuses are then
accepted.
If any bans are removed, the server must send to non-TS6, directly connected
servers mode changes removing the bans after the command is propagated.
This prevents desync with banlists, and has to be sent after as clients are
still able to send mode changes before the triggering command arrives.
If the TS received is equal to our TS of the channel the server should keep
its current modes and accept the received modes and statuses.
If the TS received is higher than our TS of the channel the server should keep
its current modes and ignore the received modes and statuses. Any statuses
given in the received message will be removed. A server must mark clients
losing their op (+o) status who do not have a UID as 'deopped'. A server must
ignore any "MODE" commands from a user marked as 'deopped'.
Simple channel TS rules
-----------------------
A server receiving a command that requires simple channel TS rules must
apply the following rules to the command.
If the TS received is lower, or equal to our TS of the channel the modes are
accepted. If the TS received is higher than our TS of the channel the modes
are ignored and dropped.
Simple channel TS rules do not affect current modes in the channel except
for the modes we are accepting.
The following commands are defined here as the TS6 protocol
-----------------------------------------------------------
PASS:
PASS <PASSWORD> TS <TS_CURRENT> :<SID>
This command is used for password verification with the server we are
connecting to.
Due to the burst being sent on verification of the "SERVER" command, and
"SVINFO" being sent after "SERVER", we need to be aware of the TS version
earlier to decide whether to send a TS6 burst or not.
The <PASSWORD> field is the password we have stored for this server,
<TS_CURRENT> is our current TS version. If this field is not present then
the server does not support TS6. <SID> is the SID of the server.
UID:
:<SID> UID <NICK> <HOPS> <TS> +<UMODE> <USERNAME> <HOSTNAME> <IP> <UID> :<GECOS>
This command is used for introducing clients to the network.
The <SID> field is the SID of the server the client is connected to.
The <NICK> field is the nick of the client being introduced. The <HOPS>
field is the amount of server hops between the server being burst to and
the server the client is on. The <TS> field is the TS of the client, either
the time they connected or the time they last changed nick. The <UMODE>
field contains the clients usermodes that need to be transmitted between
servers. The <USERNAME> field contains the clients username/ident. The
<HOSTNAME> field contains the clients host.
The <IP> field contains the clients IP. If the IP is not to be sent
(due to a spoof etc), the field must be sent as "0". The <UID> field is the
clients UID. The <GECOS> field is the clients gecos.
A server receiving a UID command must apply nick TS rules to the nick.
SID:
:<SID> SID <SERVERNAME> <HOPS> <SID> :<GECOS>
This command is used for introducing servers to the network.
The first <SID> field is the SID of the new servers uplink. The
<SERVERNAME> field is the new servers name. The <HOPS> field is the hops
between the server being introduced nd the server being burst to.
The second <SID> field is the SID of the new server. The <GECOS> field i
is the new servers gecos.
Upon receiving the SID command servers must check for a SID collision.
Two servers must not be allowed to link to the network with the same SID.
If a server detects a SID collision it must drop the link to the directly
connected server through which the command was received.
Client and servers which do not have a UID/SID must be introduced by old
methods.
SJOIN:
:<SID> SJOIN <TS> <CHANNAME> +<CHANMODES> :<UIDS>
This command is used for introducing users to channels.
The <SID> field is the SID of the server introducing users to the channel.
The <TS> field is the channels current TS, <CHANNAME> is the channels
current name, <CHANMODES> are the channels current modes. <UIDS> is a
space delimited list of clients UIDs to join to the channel. Each clients
UID is prefixed with their status on the channel, ie "@UID" for an opped
user. Multiple prefixes are allowed, "peons" (clients without a status) are
not prefixed.
A server receiving an SJOIN must apply normal channel TS rules to the SJOIN.
A TS6 server must not use the SJOIN command outside of a netburst
to introduce a single user to an existing channel. It must instead
use the "JOIN" command defined in this specification. A TS6 server must
still use SJOIN for creating channels.
JOIN:
:<UID> JOIN <TS> <CHANNAME> +<CHANMODES>
This command is used for introducing one user unopped to an existing channel.
The <UID> field is the UID of the client joining the channel. The
<TS> field is the channels current TS, <CHANNAME> is the channels
current name, <CHANMODES> are the channels current modes.
A server receiving a JOIN must apply normal channel TS rules to the JOIN.
It should be noted that whilst JOIN would not normally create a
channel, during specific race conditions it can. This can create
a ban desync that this specification does not rectify.
BMASK:
:<SID> BMASK <TS> <CHANNAME> <TYPE> :<MASKS>
This command is used for bursting channel bans to a network.
The <SID> field is the SID of the server bursting the bans. The
<TS> field is the channels current TS, <CHANNAME> is the channels
name. <TYPE> is a single character identifying the mode type (ie,
for a ban 'b'). <MASKS> is a space delimited list of masks of the
given mode,limited only in length to the size of the buffer as defined
by RFC1459.
A server receiving a BMASK must apply simple channel TS rules to the BMASK.
A TS6 server must translate BMASKs into raw modes for non-TS6
capable servers. This command must be used only after SJOIN has
been sent for the given channel.
It should be noted however, that a BMASK with a lower TS should
not be possible without a desync, due to it being sent after
SJOIN.
TMODE:
:<UID> TMODE <TS> <CHANNAME> <MODESTRING>
This command is used for clients issuing modes on a channel.
<UID> is the UID of the client setting the mode. <TS> is the
current TS of the channel, <CHANNAME> is the channels name.
<MODESTRING> is the raw mode the client is setting.
A server receiving a TMODE must apply simple channel TS rules to the TMODE.
A TS6 server must translate MODEs issued by a local client into TMODE
to send to other TS6 capable servers.

38
doc/tgchange.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
Target Change for Messages
Lee H <lee -at- leeh.co.uk>
---------------------------
If the server you are using uses the target change mechanism, then
restrictions are placed on how many different users you can message in a set
timeframe.
Target change does not apply to channels, ctcp replies or messages to
yourself.
You will have a set number of 'slots', each different client you message
will take up one slot. A client doing a nick change will not use a new slot,
however a client leaving the network and reconnecting will. You will
receive 1 new slot roughly every minute.
When all slots are filled, messages to new clients will not be accepted.
Messages to clients already filling a slot will be accepted. If all slots
are full, you will receive the ERR_TARGCHANGE numeric, number 707 in the
form:
:<server> 707 <yournick> <targetnick> :Targets changing too fast, message dropped
The slots are operated as a FIFO (first in, first out), so the first person
you message will be the first person removed from a slot, even if you are
still talking to this person.
The number of slots in use will be kept through a reconnection, though the
information in those slots will be dropped. However, you will always
receive one free slot on a reconnection. Other servers using this mechanism
will also be made aware of details about slots.
Target change can be avoided via the CNOTICE and CPRIVMSG commands, when you
are opped or voiced in a channel, and you are messaging a client within that
channel. See /quote help cnotice and /quote help cprivmsg for more
information.
--
$Id: tgchange.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $

113
doc/whats-new-2.0.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
$Id: whats-new-2.0.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
The following is a list of major changes between ircd-ratbox-1.x and
ircd-ratbox-2.0
Config File
-----------
- name="foo"; is no longer supported in connect {}; operator {}; and
class {};. You must now use connect "irc.foo.com" { ... }; etc.
- operator {}; no longer contains a class
- kline_with_connection_closed is gone, replaced with
kline_reason = "Connection closed";
- logging {}; is gone, replaced with more advanced log system - see
example.conf log {}; for more info. Note, by default only very basic
information will be logged.
- support for a specific opers initial umodes on /oper, by umodes = ...;
in operator {};
- added stats_e_disabled = yes|no; to general {};, controlling whether stats
e (which can contain server ips) is never shown to anyone
- support for compressed|encrypted|topicburst|autoconn = yes|no; is gone,
replaced with flags = compressed, encrypted, topicburst, autoconn;
- support for individual auth flags "kline_exempt = yes"; etc removed, now
must use flags = ...; method
- support for individual oper flags "kline = yes;" etc removed, now must use
flags = ...; method.
- extended flags = ...; method to allow negation, so you may prefix a flag
with '~' to negate it. Default oper flags are operwall, remoteban and
encrypted (indicates password is encrypted with mkpasswd)
- new flags in shared {};, tkline, txline and tresv, allowing temp only of
kline, xline and resv respectively.
- new flags in cluster {}; tkline, txline and tresv which will cluster
only the temp of each type. kline, xline and resv will now only
cluster the permanent ones of each type.
- cluster {}; no longer allows a server to place klines etc locally, it
simply dictates who we send to.
- shared {}; is now ordered top-down and the first one that matches the
user@host and server will be used, and the flags taken from this. This
means if a remote oper matches a shared block without kline privs, even
though there is a shared {}; block they match under it with kline privs
they will not be able to place klines.
- added invite_ops_only to channel {}; which will restrict the use of INVITE
to chanops on that channel always, rather than just to +i chans.
Client
------
- /help is now available for all users, as its now cached in memory.
removes config option use_help from general {};
- default CHANNELLEN for local clients is now 50
- AWAYLEN added to 005, default is 90
- kick/part/quit now use REASONLEN (120) rather than TOPICLEN
- umode +g now exempts users messaging themselves
Oper
----
- kline/dline <nick> is no longer supported
- oper reasons are now more fully supported
- opers can now be hidden from stats p, by flag "invisible"
- XLINEs no longer contain a type field, theyll now all just silently reject
- xlines are now 'tracked' - stats X shows how many times each xline has
rejected a client
- temp xlines and resvs
- klines set against spoofed users will now take effect when the user
connects as well, if the user is not kline_exempt
- trace spy now contains target param if its against a single user
- the old "you need xline=yes;" notices have been replaced by ERR_NOPRIVS
(numeric 723)
- umode +C, machine parsable client connect/exit notices which includes the
two unused fields sent in the USER command
Channels
--------
- persistent channels have been removed
- quiet_on_ban now uses a cache, which should speed it up
Server <-> Server Protocol
--------------------------
- support for bursting away messages on connect, controlled by
burst_away = yes|no; in general {};
- TS6, the new server <-> server protocol. As part of this you *must*
specify a "sid" in serverinfo {}; that is three alphanumeric characters,
and must start with a digit. use_ts6 = yes|no; in general controls
whether it is actually used or not. For more information, see:
http://www.ircd-ratbox.org/TS6.txt
- fakename in connect {}; is gone, you can no longer mask servers.
- support for encrypted links are gone
- global capabilities. The server will now inform the rest of the network
over ENCAP about the capabilities of other servers.
Misc
----
- support for message translation has been removed. If you want these,
modify messages.tab and distribute that.
- most of server hiding is gone, only thing that is left is flattened links
- flattened links cache is now stored in memory instead of a file
- nick delay. any client which splits will have their nick 'locked', until
a remote client uses this nick, or until it expires after the time nick_delay
in general {}. This prevents the masses of kills from clients 'regaining'
nicknames on a short split.
- support for disabling bold chars etc in channel names for local users, to
prevent faking channels. disable_fake_channels = <yes|no>; in general {};
Code cleanups
-------------
- remove mapped ipv4 in ipv6 sockets, the correct native socket will now be
used for each.
- module API has been rewritten, 1.x modules will no longer work.
- hook API has been rewritten
- proper handlers for ENCAP commands
- support for vms ast i/o
- connect {}; and operator {}; are now in their own structs, saving memory
in ConfItem
- shared/cluster now use the same struct and flags
- various other code cleanups thatd take all year to list ;)

69
doc/whats-new-2.1.txt Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
# $Id: whats-new-2.1.txt 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
The following is a list of the major changes between ircd-ratbox-2.0 and
ircd-ratbox-2.1.
Config file
-----------
- IP entries within exempt {}; can now be stacked, eg:
exempt { ip = "127.0.0.1"; ip = "192.168.0.0/24"; };
- shared {}; has been completely reworked so that it allows stacking.
shared {}; blocks for 2.0 and earlier will no longer work.
See example.conf for the new format.
- cluster {}; has been reworked to allow stacking.
cluster {}; blocks for 2.0 and earlier will no longer work.
See example.conf for the new format.
- New auth flag, jupe_exempt. When set on a client, that client will not
generate jupe warning notices when they try to join juped channels.
- You may no longer specify klines, dlines, xlines and resvs in ircd.conf.
Instead, there is no support for banconfigs with a ".perm" extension,
eg kline.conf.perm. Anything within a .perm file will be read, but
cannot be removed via the ircd. The format of these files is the same
format as their normal non-permanent counterpart. So kline.conf.perm
takes the same format as kline.conf, and so on.
- rehash and kill -HUP no longer reread the ban configs kline.conf etc.
You must now use /rehash bans, or kill -USR2
- New config option to general {};, dline_with_reason = yes|no;. Default no.
Traditionally, when a client connects and is dlined, the reason is never
shown. Enabling this will output the reason to clients.
Client
------
- Support for "deaf", umode +D. When a client is 'deaf', they will not
receive any messages sent towards channels. They will still receive joins
etc, but normal channel chat will not be sent. Any private messages
will still be sent.
- Target change anti-spam system. Restrictions are now placed upon how many
different clients (not channels) can be messaged within a specific time
period.
- Server-side notify lists. These allow a client to request a server
notifies them when a nickname comes online or goesoffline. See
doc/monitor.txt for more information.
- Client capabilities. These allow clients to negotiate capabilities with
the server. Currently supports:
- multi-prefix: A +ov client will have "@+" shown in names/who replies.
Oper
----
- RESVs are now tracked. Stats q/Q have been modified so that the first
field of the output is now a number indicating how many times the RESV
has been hit.
ratbox-services support (non-efnet)
-----------------------------------
- For those of you using ratbox-services, there is now compatibility code
within ircd, enabled by passing '--enable-services' to configure.
See doc/services.txt for more information.
Code cleanups
-------------
- Removed the custom file implementation, use the system one instead.
- The hook system has been redesigned, theres now a more thorough set of
hooks that may be used. See docs/hooks.txt
- Removed support for VMS. It hasnt worked for a long time.
- Cleanups to the expiry of temp klines/dlines.
- Various other things ;-).
- Better splitcode, it now works on how many servers have notified
us of burst finishing, rather than how many servers are linked to the
network.

1
extensions/.cvsignore Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
Makefile

1
extensions/.indent.pro vendored Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1 @@
-i8 -bli0 -cs -ut -nsai -nsaw -nsaf -npcs -nprs -l100

101
extensions/Makefile.in Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
#
# Makefile.in for ircd/contrib
#
# $Id: Makefile.in 1849 2006-08-23 12:40:21Z jilles $
#
CC = @CC@
RM = @RM@
SED = @SED@
LEX = @LEX@
LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@
CFLAGS = @IRC_CFLAGS@ -DIRCD_PREFIX=\"@prefix@\"
PICFLAGS = @PICFLAGS@
MKDEP = @MKDEP@
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
INSTALL_SUID = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@ -o root -m 4755
SHELL = /bin/sh
AUTOMODULEDIR = @moduledir@/extensions
SSL_LIBS = @SSL_LIBS@
SSL_INCLUDES = @SSL_INCLUDES@
IRCDLIBS = @LIBS@ $(SSL_LIBS)
INCLUDES = -I. -I../include -I../libcharybdis -I../adns $(SSL_INCLUDES)
CPPFLAGS = ${INCLUDES} @CPPFLAGS@
SRCS = \
createauthonly.c \
extb_account.c \
extb_canjoin.c \
extb_channel.c \
extb_oper.c \
extb_server.c \
extb_realname.c \
extb_extgecos.c \
hurt.c \
ip_cloaking.c \
sno_farconnect.c \
sno_globalkline.c \
sno_globaloper.c \
m_42.c \
m_findforwards.c \
m_identify.c \
m_mkpasswd.c \
m_ojoin.c \
m_olist.c \
m_okick.c \
m_omode.c \
m_opme.c \
m_webirc.c \
no_oper_invis.c \
spy_admin_notice.c \
spy_info_notice.c \
spy_links_notice.c \
spy_motd_notice.c \
spy_stats_notice.c \
spy_stats_p_notice.c \
spy_trace_notice.c \
spy_whois_notice.c \
spy_whois_notice_global.c \
example_module.c
OBJS = ${SRCS:.c=.so}
default: build
build: all
all: $(OBJS)
install: all
-@if test ! -d $(DESTDIR)$(AUTOMODULEDIR); then \
mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(AUTOMODULEDIR); \
fi
@echo "Installing modules into $(DESTDIR)$(AUTOMODULEDIR) .."
@for file in $(OBJS); do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(AUTOMODULEDIR); \
done
.SUFFIXES: .so
.c.so:
${CC} ${PICFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${CFLAGS} $< -o $@
.PHONY: depend clean distclean
depend:
@${MKDEP} ${CPPFLAGS} ${SRCS} > .depend
@sed s/\\\.o/\\\.so/ < .depend > .depend.tmp
@sed -e '/^# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE/,$$d' <Makefile >Makefile.depend
@echo '# DO NOT DELETE THIS LINE!!!' >>Makefile.depend
@echo '# make depend needs it.' >>Makefile.depend
@cat .depend.tmp >>Makefile.depend
@mv Makefile.depend Makefile
@rm -f .depend.tmp .depend
clean:
${RM} -f *.so *~
distclean: clean
${RM} -f Makefile

68
extensions/README Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
$Id: README 1622 2006-06-04 03:01:05Z beu $
This directory contains extensions (modules) to charybdis ircd that
have been contributed by other people, or written by our development
team. Unsupported extensions live under unsupported/.
Modules
-------
createauthonly.c - Only allow authenticated (identified) users to create
channels.
ip_cloaking.c - Cloak (spoof) the host for users that have umode +h.
m_42.c - The Answer to Life, the Universe, and Everything.
Syntax: 42
m_findforwards.c - Find channels that forward (+f) to a given channel.
Syntax: FINDFORWARDS <channel>
m_mkpasswd.c - MKPASSWD - generate a DES or MD5 encryption of a password
Syntax: MKPASSWD <plaintext> [MD5|DES]
m_ojoin.c - OJOIN - Join a channel through any modes or limits with
an optional status (@%+)
Syntax: OJOIN [status]<channel>
m_olist.c - OLIST - Lists channels like LIST, but shows hidden
channels. Oper only of course.
m_opme.c - OPME - Allows an admin to op themselves in an opless channel
Syntax: OPME <channel>
m_omode.c - OMODE - Allows an admin to do all sorts of evil upon a
channel, sets modes with extreme prejudice
no_oper_invis.c - Disallow opers setting marking themselves as invisible
(+i) unless they have the hidden_oper flag.
example_module.c - An example module to be used for creating your own.
Syntax: TEST
Spy Modules
-----------
The following are the 'spy' parts, accessible via the +y usermode
spy_admin_notice.c - Spy on clients doing ADMIN
spy_info_notice.c - Spy on clients doing INFO
spy_links_notice.c - Spy on clients doing LINKS
spy_motd_notice.c - Spy on clients doing MOTD
spy_stats_notice.c - Spy on clients doing all STATS
spy_stats_p_notice.c - Spy on clients doing STATS p only
spy_trace_notice.c - Spy on clients doing TRACE/LTRACE
spy_whois_notice.c - Spy on local clients who WHOIS you.
spy_whois_notice_global.c - Spy on remote clients who WHOIS you.
Note: if you have both spy_stats_notice.c and spy_stats_p_notice.c loaded
you will get two messages.
Snomask Modules
---------------
sno_farconnect.c - Remote client connect/exit notices (snomask +F)
sno_globalkline.c - Global K/D/X-line activation notices
sno_globaloper.c - Global oper-up notices

37
extensions/createauthonly.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/*
* This module restricts channel creation to authenticated users
* only. This module could be useful for running private chat
* systems, or if a network gets droneflood problems. It will
* return ERR_NEEDREGGEDNICK on failure.
* -- nenolod
*
* $Id: createauthonly.c 833 2006-02-15 00:27:59Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "snomask.h"
#include "numeric.h"
static void h_can_create_channel_authenticated(hook_data_client_approval *);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 restrict_hfnlist[] = {
{ "can_create_channel", (hookfn) h_can_create_channel_authenticated },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(createauthonly, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, restrict_hfnlist, "$Revision: 833 $");
static void
h_can_create_channel_authenticated(hook_data_client_approval *data)
{
struct Client *source_p = data->client;
if (*source_p->user->suser == '\0')
data->approved = ERR_NEEDREGGEDNICK;
}

280
extensions/example_module.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
/************************************************************************
* IRC - Internet Relay Chat, doc/example_module.c
* Copyright (C) 2001 Hybrid Development Team
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
* any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
*
* $Id: example_module.c 494 2006-01-15 16:08:28Z jilles $
*/
/* List of ircd includes from ../include/ */
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
/* Declare the void's initially up here, as modules dont have an
* include file, we will normally have client_p, source_p, parc
* and parv[] where:
*
* client_p == client issuing command
* source_p == where the command came from
* parc == the number of parameters
* parv == an array of the parameters
*/
static int munreg_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]);
static int mclient_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]);
static int mserver_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]);
static int mrclient_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]);
static int moper_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]);
/* Show the commands this module can handle in a msgtab
* and give the msgtab a name, here its test_msgtab
*/
struct Message test_msgtab = {
"TEST", /* the /COMMAND you want */
0, /* SET TO ZERO -- number of times command used by clients */
0, /* SET TO ZERO -- number of times command used by clients */
0, /* SET TO ZERO -- number of times command used by clients */
MFLG_SLOW, /* ALWAYS SET TO MFLG_SLOW */
/* the functions to call for each handler. If not using the generic
* handlers, the first param is the function to call, the second is the
* required number of parameters. NOTE: If you specify a min para of 2,
* then parv[1] must *also* be non-empty.
*/
{
{munreg_test, 0}, /* function call for unregistered clients, 0 parms required */
{mclient_test, 0}, /* function call for local clients, 0 parms required */
{mrclient_test, 0}, /* function call for remote clients, 0 parms required */
{mserver_test, 0}, /* function call for servers, 0 parms required */
mg_ignore, /* function call for ENCAP, unused in this test */
{moper_test, 0} /* function call for operators, 0 parms required */
}
};
/*
* There are also some macros for the above function calls and parameter counts.
* Here's a list:
*
* mg_ignore: ignore the command when it comes from certain types
* mg_not_oper: tell the client it requires being an operator
* mg_reg: prevent the client using this if registered
* mg_unreg: prevent the client using this if unregistered
*
* These macros assume a parameter count of zero; you do not set it.
* For further details, see include/msg.h
*/
/* The mapi_clist_av1 indicates which commands (struct Message)
* should be loaded from the module. The list should be terminated
* by a NULL.
*/
mapi_clist_av1 test_clist[] = { &test_msgtab, NULL };
/* The mapi_hlist_av1 indicates which hook functions we need to be able to
* call. We need to declare an integer, then add the name of the hook
* function to call and a pointer to this integer. The list should be
* terminated with NULLs.
*/
int doing_example_hook;
mapi_hlist_av1 test_hlist[] = {
{ "doing_example_hook", &doing_example_hook, },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
/* The mapi_hfn_list_av1 declares the hook functions which other modules can
* call. The first parameter is the name of the hook, the second is a void
* returning function, with arbitrary parameters casted to (hookfn). This
* list must be terminated with NULLs.
*/
static void show_example_hook(void *unused);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 test_hfnlist[] = {
{ "doing_example_hook", (hookfn) show_example_hook },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
/* Here we tell it what to do when the module is loaded */
static int
modinit(void)
{
/* Nothing to do for the example module. */
/* The init function should return -1 on failure,
which will cause the module to be unloaded,
otherwise 0 to indicate success. */
return 0;
}
/* here we tell it what to do when the module is unloaded */
static void
moddeinit(void)
{
/* Again, nothing to do. */
}
/* DECLARE_MODULE_AV1() actually declare the MAPI header. */
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(
/* The first argument is the name */
example,
/* The second argument is the function to call on load */
modinit,
/* And the function to call on unload */
moddeinit,
/* Then the MAPI command list */
test_clist,
/* Next the hook list, if we have one. */
test_hlist,
/* Then the hook function list, if we have one */
test_hfnlist,
/* And finally the version number of this module. */
"$Revision: 494 $");
/* Any of the above arguments can be NULL to indicate they aren't used. */
/*
* mr_test
* parv[0] = sender prefix
* parv[1] = parameter
*/
/* Here we have the functions themselves that we declared above,
* and the fairly normal C coding
*/
static int
munreg_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
if(parc < 2)
{
sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are unregistered and sent no parameters",
me.name, source_p->name);
}
else
{
sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are unregistered and sent parameter: %s",
me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]);
}
/* illustration of how to call a hook function */
call_hook(doing_example_hook, NULL);
return 0;
}
/*
* mclient_test
* parv[0] = sender prefix
* parv[1] = parameter
*/
static int
mclient_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
if(parc < 2)
{
sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are a normal user, and sent no parameters",
me.name, source_p->name);
}
else
{
sendto_one(source_p,
":%s NOTICE %s :You are a normal user, and send parameters: %s", me.name,
source_p->name, parv[1]);
}
/* illustration of how to call a hook function */
call_hook(doing_example_hook, NULL);
return 0;
}
/*
* mrclient_test
* parv[0] = sender prefix
* parv[1] = parameter
*/
static int
mrclient_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
if(parc < 2)
{
sendto_one(source_p,
":%s NOTICE %s :You are a remote client, and sent no parameters",
me.name, source_p->name);
}
else
{
sendto_one(source_p,
":%s NOTICE %s :You are a remote client, and sent parameters: %s",
me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]);
}
return 0;
}
/*
* mserver_test
* parv[0] = sender prefix
* parv[1] = parameter
*/
static int
mserver_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
if(parc < 2)
{
sendto_one(source_p,
":%s NOTICE %s :You are a server, and sent no parameters",
me.name, source_p->name);
}
else
{
sendto_one(source_p,
":%s NOTICE %s :You are a server, and sent parameters: %s",
me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]);
}
return 0;
}
/*
* moper_test
* parv[0] = sender prefix
* parv[1] = parameter
*/
static int
moper_test(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
if(parc < 2)
{
sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are an operator, and sent no parameters",
me.name, source_p->name);
}
else
{
sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :You are an operator, and sent parameters: %s",
me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]);
}
return 0;
}
static void
show_example_hook(void *unused)
{
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_GENERAL, L_ALL, "Called example hook!");
}
/* END OF EXAMPLE MODULE */

43
extensions/extb_account.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
/*
* Account extban type: bans all users with any/matching account
* -- jilles
*
* $Id: extb_account.c 1299 2006-05-11 15:43:03Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
static int _modinit(void);
static void _moddeinit(void);
static int eb_account(const char *data, struct Client *client_p, struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type);
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(extb_account, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 1299 $");
static int
_modinit(void)
{
extban_table['a'] = eb_account;
return 0;
}
static void
_moddeinit(void)
{
extban_table['a'] = NULL;
}
static int eb_account(const char *data, struct Client *client_p,
struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type)
{
(void)chptr;
/* $a alone matches any logged in user */
if (data == NULL)
return EmptyString(client_p->user->suser) ? EXTBAN_NOMATCH : EXTBAN_MATCH;
/* $a:MASK matches users logged in under matching account */
return match(data, client_p->user->suser) ? EXTBAN_MATCH : EXTBAN_NOMATCH;
}

67
extensions/extb_canjoin.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/*
* Canjoin extban type: matches users who are or are not banned from a
* specified channel.
* -- nenolod/jilles
*
* $Id: extb_canjoin.c 1841 2006-08-22 17:30:03Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "channel.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "ircd.h"
static int _modinit(void);
static void _moddeinit(void);
static int eb_canjoin(const char *data, struct Client *client_p, struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type);
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(extb_canjoin, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 1841 $");
static int
_modinit(void)
{
extban_table['j'] = eb_canjoin;
return 0;
}
static void
_moddeinit(void)
{
extban_table['j'] = NULL;
}
static int eb_canjoin(const char *data, struct Client *client_p,
struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type)
{
struct Channel *chptr2;
int ret;
static int recurse = 0;
(void)mode_type;
/* don't process a $j in a $j'ed list */
if (recurse)
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
if (data == NULL)
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
chptr2 = find_channel(data);
/* must exist, and no point doing this with the same channel */
if (chptr2 == NULL || chptr2 == chptr)
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
/* require consistent target */
if (chptr->chname[0] == '#' && data[0] == '&')
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
/* this allows getting some information about ban exceptions
* but +s/+p doesn't seem the right criterion */
#if 0
/* privacy! don't allow +s/+p channels to influence another channel */
if (!PubChannel(chptr2))
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
#endif
recurse = 1;
ret = is_banned(chptr2, client_p, NULL, NULL, NULL) == CHFL_BAN ? EXTBAN_MATCH : EXTBAN_NOMATCH;
recurse = 0;
return ret;
}

54
extensions/extb_channel.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
/*
* Channel extban type: matches users who are in a certain public channel
* -- jilles
*
* $Id: extb_channel.c 1723 2006-07-06 15:23:58Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "channel.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "ircd.h"
static int _modinit(void);
static void _moddeinit(void);
static int eb_channel(const char *data, struct Client *client_p, struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type);
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(extb_channel, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 1723 $");
static int
_modinit(void)
{
extban_table['c'] = eb_channel;
return 0;
}
static void
_moddeinit(void)
{
extban_table['c'] = NULL;
}
static int eb_channel(const char *data, struct Client *client_p,
struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type)
{
struct Channel *chptr2;
(void)chptr;
(void)mode_type;
if (data == NULL)
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
chptr2 = find_channel(data);
if (chptr2 == NULL)
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
/* require consistent target */
if (chptr->chname[0] == '#' && data[0] == '&')
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
/* privacy! don't allow +s/+p channels to influence another channel */
if (!PubChannel(chptr2))
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
return IsMember(client_p, chptr2) ? EXTBAN_MATCH : EXTBAN_NOMATCH;
}

59
extensions/extb_extgecos.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
/*
* Extended extban type: bans all users with matching nick!user@host#gecos.
* Requested by Lockwood.
* - nenolod
*
* $Id: extb_realname.c 1339 2006-05-17 00:45:40Z nenolod $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
static int _modinit(void);
static void _moddeinit(void);
static int eb_extended(const char *data, struct Client *client_p, struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type);
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(extb_extended, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 1339 $");
static int
_modinit(void)
{
extban_table['x'] = eb_extended;
return 0;
}
static void
_moddeinit(void)
{
extban_table['x'] = NULL;
}
static int eb_extended(const char *data, struct Client *client_p,
struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type)
{
char buf[BUFSIZE];
int ret;
(void)chptr;
if (data == NULL)
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
ircsnprintf(buf, BUFSIZE, "%s!%s@%s#%s",
client_p->name, client_p->username, client_p->host, client_p->info);
ret = match(data, buf) ? EXTBAN_MATCH : EXTBAN_NOMATCH;
if (ret == EXTBAN_NOMATCH && IsDynSpoof(client_p))
{
ircsnprintf(buf, BUFSIZE, "%s!%s@%s#%s",
client_p->name, client_p->username, client_p->orighost, client_p->info);
ret = match(data, buf) ? EXTBAN_MATCH : EXTBAN_NOMATCH;
}
return ret;
}

42
extensions/extb_oper.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
/*
* Oper extban type: matches opers
* -- jilles
*
* $Id: extb_oper.c 1299 2006-05-11 15:43:03Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
static int _modinit(void);
static void _moddeinit(void);
static int eb_oper(const char *data, struct Client *client_p, struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type);
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(extb_oper, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 1299 $");
static int
_modinit(void)
{
extban_table['o'] = eb_oper;
return 0;
}
static void
_moddeinit(void)
{
extban_table['o'] = NULL;
}
static int eb_oper(const char *data, struct Client *client_p,
struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type)
{
(void)chptr;
(void)data;
(void)mode_type;
/* perhaps use data somehow? (opernick/flags?) */
return IsOper(client_p) ? EXTBAN_MATCH : EXTBAN_NOMATCH;
}

44
extensions/extb_realname.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/*
* Realname extban type: bans all users with matching gecos
* -- jilles
*
* $Id: extb_realname.c 1299 2006-05-11 15:43:03Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
static int _modinit(void);
static void _moddeinit(void);
static int eb_realname(const char *data, struct Client *client_p, struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type);
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(extb_realname, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 1299 $");
static int
_modinit(void)
{
extban_table['r'] = eb_realname;
return 0;
}
static void
_moddeinit(void)
{
extban_table['r'] = NULL;
}
static int eb_realname(const char *data, struct Client *client_p,
struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type)
{
(void)chptr;
/* This type is not safe for exceptions */
if (mode_type == CHFL_EXCEPTION || mode_type == CHFL_INVEX)
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
if (data == NULL)
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
return match(data, client_p->info) ? EXTBAN_MATCH : EXTBAN_NOMATCH;
}

44
extensions/extb_server.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
/*
* Server name extban type: bans all users using a certain server
* -- jilles
*
* $Id: extb_server.c 1299 2006-05-11 15:43:03Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
static int _modinit(void);
static void _moddeinit(void);
static int eb_server(const char *data, struct Client *client_p, struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type);
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(extb_server, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 1299 $");
static int
_modinit(void)
{
extban_table['s'] = eb_server;
return 0;
}
static void
_moddeinit(void)
{
extban_table['s'] = NULL;
}
static int eb_server(const char *data, struct Client *client_p,
struct Channel *chptr, long mode_type)
{
(void)chptr;
/* This type is not safe for exceptions */
if (mode_type == CHFL_EXCEPTION || mode_type == CHFL_INVEX)
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
if (data == NULL)
return EXTBAN_INVALID;
return match(data, me.name) ? EXTBAN_MATCH : EXTBAN_NOMATCH;
}

669
extensions/hurt.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,669 @@
/*
* charybdis: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd).
*
* Copyright (C) 2006 charybdis development team
* All rights reserved
*
* $Id: hurt.c 1905 2006-08-29 14:51:31Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "numeric.h"
#include "hostmask.h"
#include "event.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "s_newconf.h"
#include "hash.h"
/* {{{ Structures */
#define HURT_CUTOFF (10) /* protocol messages. */
#define HURT_DEFAULT_EXPIRE (7 * 24 * 60) /* minutes. */
#define HURT_EXIT_REASON "Hurt: Failed to identify to services"
enum {
HEAL_NICK = 0,
HEAL_IP
};
typedef struct _hurt_state {
time_t start_time;
uint32_t n_hurts;
dlink_list hurt_clients;
uint16_t cutoff;
time_t default_expire;
const char *exit_reason;
} hurt_state_t;
typedef struct _hurt {
const char *ip;
struct sockaddr *saddr;
int saddr_bits;
const char *reason;
time_t expire;
} hurt_t;
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Prototypes */
static int mo_hurt(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **);
static int me_hurt(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **);
static int mo_heal(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **);
static int me_heal(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **);
static int modinit(void);
static void modfini(void);
static void client_exit_hook(hook_data_client_exit *);
static void new_local_user_hook(struct Client *);
static void doing_stats_hook(hook_data_int *hdata);
static void hurt_check_event(void *);
static void hurt_expire_event(void *);
static hurt_t *hurt_new(time_t, const char *, const char *);
static void hurt_add(hurt_t *);
static void hurt_propagate(struct Client *, struct Client *, hurt_t *);
static hurt_t *hurt_find(const char *ip);
static hurt_t *hurt_find_exact(const char *ip);
static void hurt_remove(const char *ip);
static void hurt_destroy(void *hurt);
static int heal_nick(struct Client *, struct Client *);
static int nick_is_valid(const char *);
/* }}} */
/* {{{ State containers */
dlink_list hurt_confs = { NULL, NULL, 0 };
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Messages */
struct Message hurt_msgtab = {
"HURT", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {
mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore,
mg_ignore, {me_hurt, 0}, {mo_hurt, 3}
}
};
struct Message heal_msgtab = {
"HEAL", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW, {
mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore,
mg_ignore, {me_heal, 0}, {mo_heal, 2}
}
};
/* }}} */
/* {{{ Misc module stuff */
mapi_hfn_list_av1 hurt_hfnlist[] = {
{"client_exit", (hookfn) client_exit_hook},
{"new_local_user", (hookfn) new_local_user_hook},
{"doing_stats", (hookfn) doing_stats_hook},
{NULL, NULL},
};
mapi_clist_av1 hurt_clist[] = { &hurt_msgtab, &heal_msgtab, NULL };
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(
hurt,
modinit,
modfini,
hurt_clist,
NULL,
hurt_hfnlist,
"$Revision: 1905 $"
);
/* }}} */
hurt_state_t hurt_state = {
.cutoff = HURT_CUTOFF,
.default_expire = HURT_DEFAULT_EXPIRE,
.exit_reason = HURT_EXIT_REASON,
};
/*
* Module constructor/destructor.
*/
/* {{{ static int modinit() */
static int
modinit(void)
{
/* set-up hurt_state. */
hurt_state.start_time = CurrentTime;
/* add our event handlers. */
eventAdd("hurt_expire", hurt_expire_event, NULL, 60);
eventAdd("hurt_check", hurt_check_event, NULL, 5);
return 0;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ static void modfini() */
static void
modfini(void)
{
dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr;
/* and delete our events. */
eventDelete(hurt_expire_event, NULL);
eventDelete(hurt_check_event, NULL);
DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE (ptr, next_ptr, hurt_state.hurt_clients.head)
{
dlinkDestroy(ptr, &hurt_state.hurt_clients);
}
}
/* }}} */
/*
* Message handlers.
*/
/* {{{ static int mo_hurt()
*
* HURT [<expire>] <ip> <reason>
*
* parv[1] - expire or ip
* parv[2] - ip or reason
* parv[3] - reason or NULL
*/
static int
mo_hurt(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p,
int parc, const char **parv)
{
const char *ip, *expire, *reason;
int expire_time;
hurt_t *hurt;
struct Client *target_p;
if (!IsOperK(source_p)) {
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name,
source_p->name, "kline");
return 0;
}
if (parc == 3)
expire = NULL, ip = parv[1], reason = parv[2];
else
expire = parv[1], ip = parv[2], reason = parv[3];
if (!expire)
expire_time = HURT_DEFAULT_EXPIRE;
if (expire && (expire_time = valid_temp_time(expire)) < 1) {
sendto_one(source_p,
":%s NOTICE %s :Permanent HURTs are not supported",
me.name, source_p->name);
return 0;
}
if (EmptyString(reason)) {
sendto_one(source_p,
":%s NOTICE %s :Empty HURT reasons are bad for business",
me.name, source_p->name);
return 0;
}
/* Is this a client? */
if (strchr(ip, '.') == NULL && strchr(ip, ':') == NULL)
{
target_p = find_named_person(ip);
if (target_p == NULL)
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK,
form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), ip);
return 0;
}
ip = target_p->orighost;
}
else
{
if (!strncmp(ip, "*@", 2))
ip += 2;
if (strchr(ip, '!') || strchr(ip, '@'))
{
sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Invalid HURT mask [%s]",
ip);
return 0;
}
}
if (hurt_find(ip) != NULL) {
sendto_one(source_p,
":%s NOTICE %s :[%s] already HURT",
me.name, source_p->name, ip);
return 0;
}
/*
* okay, we've got this far, now it's time to add the the HURT locally
* and propagate it to other servers on the network.
*/
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_GENERAL, L_ALL,
"%s added HURT on [%s] for %ld minutes with reason [%s]",
get_oper_name(source_p), ip, (long) expire_time / 60, reason);
hurt = hurt_new(expire_time, ip, reason);
hurt_add(hurt);
hurt_propagate(NULL, source_p, hurt);
return 0;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ static int me_hurt()
*
* [ENCAP mask] HURT <target> <expire> <ip> <reason>
*
* parv[1] - expire
* parv[2] - ip
* parv[3] - reason
*/
static int
me_hurt(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p,
int parc, const char **parv)
{
time_t expire_time;
hurt_t *hurt;
/*
* right... if we don't get enough arguments, or if we get any invalid
* arguments, just ignore this request - shit happens, and it's not worth
* dropping a server over.
*/
if (parc < 4 || !IsPerson(source_p))
return 0;
if ((expire_time = atoi(parv[1])) < 1)
return 0;
if (hurt_find(parv[2]) != NULL)
return 0;
if (EmptyString(parv[3]))
return 0;
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_GENERAL, L_ALL,
"%s added HURT on [%s] for %ld minutes with reason [%s]",
get_oper_name(source_p), parv[2], (long) expire_time / 60, parv[3]);
hurt = hurt_new(expire_time, parv[2], parv[3]);
hurt_add(hurt);
return 0;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ static int mo_heal()
*
* HURT <nick>|<ip>
*
* parv[1] - nick or ip
*/
static int
mo_heal(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p,
int parc, const char **parv)
{
struct Client *target_p;
if (!IsOperUnkline(source_p))
{
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS),
me.name, source_p->name, "unkline");
return 0;
}
if (nick_is_valid(parv[1]))
{
target_p = find_named_person(parv[1]);
if (target_p == NULL)
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHNICK,
form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), parv[1]);
return 0;
}
if (MyConnect(target_p))
heal_nick(source_p, target_p);
else
sendto_one(target_p, ":%s ENCAP %s HEAL %s",
get_id(source_p, target_p),
target_p->servptr->name,
get_id(target_p, target_p));
}
else if (strchr(parv[1], '.'))
{
if (hurt_find_exact(parv[1]) == NULL)
{
sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Mask [%s] is not HURT",
me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]);
return 0;
}
hurt_remove(parv[1]);
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_GENERAL, L_ALL, "%s removed HURT on %s",
get_oper_name(source_p), parv[1]);
sendto_server(NULL, NULL, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s ENCAP * HEAL %s",
source_p->name, parv[1]);
}
else
{
sendto_one(source_p,
":%s NOTICE %s :[%s] is not a valid IP address/nick",
me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]);
return 0;
}
return 0;
}
/* }}} */
static int
me_heal(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p,
int parc, const char **parv)
{
struct Client *target_p;
/* as noted in me_hurt(), if we don't get sufficient arguments...
* *poof*, it's dropped...
*/
if (parc < 2)
return 0;
if (nick_is_valid(parv[1]))
{
target_p = find_person(parv[1]);
if (target_p != NULL && MyConnect(target_p))
heal_nick(source_p, target_p);
}
else if (strchr(parv[1], '.')) /* host or mask to remove ban for */
{
if (hurt_find_exact(parv[1]) == NULL)
return 0;
hurt_remove(parv[1]);
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_GENERAL, L_ALL, "%s removed HURT on %s",
get_oper_name(source_p), parv[1]);
}
else
return 0;
return 0;
}
/*
* Event handlers.
*/
/* {{{ static void hurt_check_event() */
static void
hurt_check_event(void *arg)
{
dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr;
struct Client *client_p;
DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE (ptr, next_ptr, hurt_state.hurt_clients.head) {
client_p = ptr->data;
if (!EmptyString(client_p->user->suser))
{
dlinkDestroy(ptr, &hurt_state.hurt_clients);
sendto_one_notice(client_p, ":HURT restriction removed for this session");
USED_TARGETS(client_p) = 0;
client_p->localClient->target_last = CurrentTime; /* don't ask --nenolod */
}
else if (client_p->localClient->receiveM > hurt_state.cutoff)
exit_client(NULL, client_p, &me, hurt_state.exit_reason);
}
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ static void hurt_expire_event() */
static void
hurt_expire_event(void *unused)
{
dlink_node *ptr, *next_ptr;
hurt_t *hurt;
DLINK_FOREACH_SAFE (ptr, next_ptr, hurt_confs.head)
{
hurt = (hurt_t *) ptr->data;
if (hurt->expire <= CurrentTime)
{
dlinkFindDestroy(hurt, &hurt_confs);
hurt_destroy(hurt);
}
}
}
/* }}} */
/*
* Hook functions.
*/
/* {{{ static void client_exit_hook() */
static void
client_exit_hook(hook_data_client_exit *data)
{
s_assert(data != NULL);
s_assert(data->target != NULL);
dlinkFindDestroy(data->target, &hurt_state.hurt_clients);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ static void new_local_user_hook() */
static void
new_local_user_hook(struct Client *source_p)
{
if (IsAnyDead(source_p) || !EmptyString(source_p->user->suser) ||
IsExemptKline(source_p))
return;
if (hurt_find(source_p->sockhost) || hurt_find(source_p->orighost))
{
USED_TARGETS(source_p) = 10;
source_p->localClient->target_last = CurrentTime + 600; /* don't ask --nenolod */
SetTGChange(source_p);
dlinkAddAlloc(source_p, &hurt_state.hurt_clients);
sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":You are hurt. Please identify to services immediately, or use /stats p for assistance.");
}
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ static void doing_stats_hook() */
static void
doing_stats_hook(hook_data_int *hdata)
{
dlink_node *ptr;
hurt_t *hurt;
struct Client *source_p;
s_assert(hdata);
s_assert(hdata->client);
source_p = hdata->client;
if(hdata->arg2 != (int) 's')
return;
if((ConfigFileEntry.stats_k_oper_only == 2) && !IsOper(source_p))
return;
if ((ConfigFileEntry.stats_k_oper_only == 1) && !IsOper(source_p))
{
hurt = hurt_find(source_p->sockhost);
if (hurt != NULL)
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSKLINE,
form_str(RPL_STATSKLINE), 's',
"*", hurt->ip, hurt->reason, "", "");
return;
}
hurt = hurt_find(source_p->orighost);
if (hurt != NULL)
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSKLINE,
form_str(RPL_STATSKLINE), 's',
"*", hurt->ip, hurt->reason, "", "");
return;
}
return;
}
DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, hurt_confs.head)
{
hurt = (hurt_t *) ptr->data;
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_STATSKLINE,
form_str(RPL_STATSKLINE), 's',
"*", hurt->ip, hurt->reason, "", "");
}
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ static void hurt_propagate()
*
* client_p - specific server to propagate HURT to, or NULL to propagate to all
* servers.
* source_p - source (oper who added the HURT)
* hurt - HURT to be propagated
*/
static void
hurt_propagate(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, hurt_t *hurt)
{
if (client_p)
sendto_one(client_p,
":%s ENCAP %s HURT %ld %s :%s",
source_p->name, client_p->name,
(long)(hurt->expire - CurrentTime),
hurt->ip, hurt->reason);
else
sendto_server(&me, NULL, NOCAPS, NOCAPS,
":%s ENCAP * HURT %ld %s :%s",
source_p->name,
(long)(hurt->expire - CurrentTime),
hurt->ip, hurt->reason);
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ static hurt_t *hurt_new() */
static hurt_t *
hurt_new(time_t expire, const char *ip, const char *reason)
{
hurt_t *hurt;
hurt = MyMalloc(sizeof(hurt_t));
DupString(hurt->ip, ip);
DupString(hurt->reason, reason);
hurt->expire = CurrentTime + expire;
return hurt;
}
/* }}} */
/* {{{ static void hurt_destroy() */
static void
hurt_destroy(void *hurt)
{
hurt_t *h;
if (!hurt)
return;
h = (hurt_t *) hurt;
MyFree((char *) h->ip);
MyFree((char *) h->reason);
MyFree(h);
}
/* }}} */
static void
hurt_add(hurt_t *hurt)
{
dlinkAddAlloc(hurt, &hurt_confs);
}
static hurt_t *
hurt_find_exact(const char *ip)
{
dlink_node *ptr;
hurt_t *hurt;
DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, hurt_confs.head)
{
hurt = (hurt_t *) ptr->data;
if (!strcasecmp(ip, hurt->ip))
return hurt;
}
return NULL;
}
static hurt_t *
hurt_find(const char *ip)
{
dlink_node *ptr;
hurt_t *hurt;
DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, hurt_confs.head)
{
hurt = (hurt_t *) ptr->data;
if (match(hurt->ip, ip))
return hurt;
}
return NULL;
}
static void
hurt_remove(const char *ip)
{
hurt_t *hurt = hurt_find_exact(ip);
dlinkFindDestroy(hurt, &hurt_confs);
hurt_destroy(hurt);
}
/* {{{ static int heal_nick() */
static int
heal_nick(struct Client *source_p, struct Client *target_p)
{
if (dlinkFindDestroy(target_p, &hurt_state.hurt_clients))
{
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_GENERAL, L_ALL, "%s used HEAL on %s",
get_oper_name(source_p), get_client_name(target_p, HIDE_IP));
sendto_one_notice(target_p, ":HURT restriction temporarily removed by operator");
sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":HURT restriction on %s temporarily removed", target_p->name);
USED_TARGETS(target_p) = 0;
target_p->localClient->target_last = CurrentTime; /* don't ask --nenolod */
return 1;
}
else
{
sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":%s was not hurt", target_p->name);
return 0;
}
}
/* }}} */
/*
* Anything else...
*/
/* {{{ static int nick_is_valid() */
static int
nick_is_valid(const char *nick)
{
const char *s = nick;
for (; *s != '\0'; s++) {
if (!IsNickChar(*s))
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
/* }}} */
/*
* vim: ts=8 sw=8 noet fdm=marker tw=80
*/

176
extensions/ip_cloaking.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
/* $Id: ip_cloaking.c 2805 2006-12-05 12:45:43Z jilles $ */
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "s_user.h"
#include "s_serv.h"
#include "tools.h"
#include "numeric.h"
/* if you're modifying this module, you'll probably to change this */
#define KEY 0x13748cfa
static int
_modinit(void)
{
/* add the usermode to the available slot */
user_modes['h'] = find_umode_slot();
construct_umodebuf();
return 0;
}
static void
_moddeinit(void)
{
/* disable the umode and remove it from the available list */
user_modes['h'] = 0;
construct_umodebuf();
}
static void check_umode_change(void *data);
static void check_new_user(void *data);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 ip_cloaking_hfnlist[] = {
{ "umode_changed", (hookfn) check_umode_change },
{ "new_local_user", (hookfn) check_new_user },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(ip_cloaking, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL,
ip_cloaking_hfnlist, "$Revision: 2805 $");
static void
distribute_hostchange(struct Client *client)
{
if (irccmp(client->host, client->orighost))
sendto_one_numeric(client, RPL_HOSTHIDDEN, "%s :is now your hidden host",
client->host);
else
sendto_one_numeric(client, RPL_HOSTHIDDEN, "%s :hostname reset",
client->host);
sendto_server(NULL, NULL,
CAP_EUID | CAP_TS6, NOCAPS, ":%s CHGHOST %s :%s",
use_id(&me), use_id(client), client->host);
sendto_server(NULL, NULL,
CAP_TS6, CAP_EUID, ":%s ENCAP * CHGHOST %s :%s",
use_id(&me), use_id(client), client->host);
sendto_server(NULL, NULL,
NOCAPS, CAP_TS6, ":%s ENCAP * CHGHOST %s :%s",
me.name, client->name, client->host);
if (irccmp(client->host, client->orighost))
SetDynSpoof(client);
else
ClearDynSpoof(client);
}
static void
do_host_cloak(const char *inbuf, char *outbuf, int ipmask)
{
int cyc;
unsigned int hosthash = 1, hosthash2 = 1;
unsigned int maxcycle = strlen(inbuf);
int len1;
const char *rest, *next;
for (cyc = 0; cyc < maxcycle - 2; cyc += 2)
hosthash *= (unsigned int) inbuf[cyc];
/* safety: decrement ourselves two steps back */
for (cyc = maxcycle - 1; cyc >= 1; cyc -= 2)
hosthash2 *= (unsigned int) inbuf[cyc];
/* lets do some bitshifting -- this pretty much destroys the IP
* sequence, while still providing a checksum. exactly what
* we're shooting for. --nenolod
*/
hosthash += (hosthash2 / KEY);
hosthash2 += (hosthash / KEY);
if (ipmask == 0)
{
ircsnprintf(outbuf, HOSTLEN, "%s-%X%X",
ServerInfo.network_name, hosthash2, hosthash);
len1 = strlen(outbuf);
rest = strchr(inbuf, '.');
if (rest == NULL)
rest = ".";
/* try to avoid truncation -- jilles */
while (len1 + strlen(rest) >= HOSTLEN && (next = strchr(rest + 1, '.')) != NULL)
rest = next;
strlcat(outbuf, rest, HOSTLEN);
}
else
ircsnprintf(outbuf, HOSTLEN, "%X%X.%s",
hosthash2, hosthash, ServerInfo.network_name);
}
static void
check_umode_change(void *vdata)
{
hook_data_umode_changed *data = (hook_data_umode_changed *)vdata;
struct Client *source_p = data->client;
if (!MyClient(source_p))
return;
/* didn't change +h umode, we don't need to do anything */
if (!((data->oldumodes ^ source_p->umodes) & user_modes['h']))
return;
if (source_p->umodes & user_modes['h'])
{
if (IsIPSpoof(source_p) || source_p->localClient->mangledhost == NULL || (IsDynSpoof(source_p) && strcmp(source_p->host, source_p->localClient->mangledhost)))
{
source_p->umodes &= ~user_modes['h'];
return;
}
if (strcmp(source_p->host, source_p->localClient->mangledhost))
{
strlcpy(source_p->host, source_p->localClient->mangledhost, HOSTLEN);
distribute_hostchange(source_p);
}
else /* not really nice, but we need to send this numeric here */
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, RPL_HOSTHIDDEN, "%s :is now your hidden host",
source_p->host);
}
else if (!(source_p->umodes & user_modes['h']))
{
if (source_p->localClient->mangledhost != NULL &&
!strcmp(source_p->host, source_p->localClient->mangledhost))
{
strlcpy(source_p->host, source_p->orighost, HOSTLEN);
distribute_hostchange(source_p);
}
}
}
static void
check_new_user(void *vdata)
{
struct Client *source_p = (void *)vdata;
if (IsIPSpoof(source_p))
{
source_p->umodes &= ~user_modes['h'];
return;
}
source_p->localClient->mangledhost = MyMalloc(HOSTLEN);
if (!irccmp(source_p->orighost, source_p->sockhost))
do_host_cloak(source_p->orighost, source_p->localClient->mangledhost, 1);
else
do_host_cloak(source_p->orighost, source_p->localClient->mangledhost, 0);
if (IsDynSpoof(source_p))
source_p->umodes &= ~user_modes['h'];
if (source_p->umodes & user_modes['h'])
{
strlcpy(source_p->host, source_p->localClient->mangledhost, sizeof(source_p->host));
if (irccmp(source_p->host, source_p->orighost))
SetDynSpoof(source_p);
}
}

36
extensions/m_42.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
/*
* Copyright (C) infinity-infinity God <God@Heaven>
*
* Bob was here
* $Id: m_42.c 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
static int mclient_42(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]);
struct Message hgtg_msgtab = {
"42", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW,
{ mg_ignore, {mclient_42, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mclient_42, 0}
}
};
mapi_clist_av1 hgtg_clist[] = { &hgtg_msgtab, NULL };
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(42, NULL, NULL, hgtg_clist, NULL, NULL, "Revision 0.42");
static int
mclient_42(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :The Answer to Life, the Universe, and Everything.",
me.name, source_p->name);
return 0;
}

117
extensions/m_findforwards.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
/*
* IRC - Internet Relay Chat, contrib/m_findforwards.c
* Copyright (C) 2002 Hybrid Development Team
* Copyright (C) 2004 ircd-ratbox Development Team
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
* any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
*
* $Id: m_findforwards.c 986 2006-03-08 00:10:46Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "tools.h"
#include "channel.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "irc_string.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "numeric.h"
#include "s_user.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "s_newconf.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "msg.h"
#include "parse.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "packet.h"
static int m_findforwards(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p,
int parc, const char *parv[]);
struct Message findforwards_msgtab = {
"FINDFORWARDS", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW,
{mg_unreg, {m_findforwards, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_findforwards, 2}}
};
mapi_clist_av1 findforwards_clist[] = { &findforwards_msgtab, NULL };
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(findforwards, NULL, NULL, findforwards_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 986 $");
/*
** mo_findforwards
** parv[0] = sender prefix
** parv[1] = channel
*/
static int
m_findforwards(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
static time_t last_used = 0;
struct Channel *chptr;
struct membership *msptr;
dlink_node *ptr;
char buf[414];
char *p = buf, *end = buf + sizeof buf - 1;
*p = '\0';
/* Allow ircops to search for forwards to nonexistent channels */
if(!IsOper(source_p))
{
if((chptr = find_channel(parv[1])) == NULL || (msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p)) == NULL)
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOTONCHANNEL,
form_str(ERR_NOTONCHANNEL), parv[1]);
return 0;
}
if(!is_chanop(msptr))
{
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_CHANOPRIVSNEEDED),
me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]);
return 0;
}
if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > CurrentTime)
{
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI),
me.name, source_p->name, "FINDFORWARDS");
return 0;
}
else
last_used = CurrentTime;
}
DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_channel_list.head)
{
chptr = ptr->data;
if(chptr->mode.forward && !irccmp(chptr->mode.forward, parv[1]))
{
if(p + strlen(chptr->chname) >= end - 13)
{
strcpy(p, "<truncated> ");
p += 12;
break;
}
strcpy(p, chptr->chname);
p += strlen(chptr->chname);
*p++ = ' ';
}
}
if(buf[0])
*(--p) = '\0';
sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Forwards for %s: %s", parv[1], buf);
return 0;
}

101
extensions/m_identify.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
/*
* m_identify.c: dalnet-style /identify that sends to nickserv or chanserv
*
* Copyright (C) 2006 Jilles Tjoelker
* Copyright (C) 2006 charybdis development team
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
* met:
*
* 1.Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2.Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 3.The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
* derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
* WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
* INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
* (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
* STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
* IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
* POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*
* $Id: m_identify.c 2729 2006-11-09 23:52:06Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "common.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "irc_string.h"
#include "numeric.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "s_log.h"
#include "s_serv.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "msg.h"
#include "parse.h"
#include "modules.h"
#define SVS_chanserv_NICK "ChanServ"
#define SVS_nickserv_NICK "NickServ"
char *reconstruct_parv(int parc, const char *parv[]);
static int m_identify(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]);
struct Message identify_msgtab = {
"IDENTIFY", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW,
{mg_unreg, {m_identify, 0}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {m_identify, 0}}
};
mapi_clist_av1 identify_clist[] = {
&identify_msgtab,
NULL
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(identify, NULL, NULL, identify_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 2729 $");
char *reconstruct_parv(int parc, const char *parv[])
{
static char tmpbuf[BUFSIZE]; int i;
strlcpy(tmpbuf, parv[0], BUFSIZE);
for (i = 1; i < parc; i++)
{
strlcat(tmpbuf, " ", BUFSIZE);
strlcat(tmpbuf, parv[i], BUFSIZE);
}
return tmpbuf;
}
static int m_identify(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
const char *nick;
struct Client *target_p;
if (parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1]))
{
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOTEXTTOSEND), me.name, source_p->name);
return 0;
}
nick = parv[1][0] == '#' ? SVS_chanserv_NICK : SVS_nickserv_NICK;
if ((target_p = find_named_person(nick)) && IsService(target_p))
{
sendto_one(target_p, ":%s PRIVMSG %s :IDENTIFY %s", get_id(source_p, target_p), get_id(target_p, target_p), reconstruct_parv(parc - 1, &parv[1]));
}
else
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_SERVICESDOWN, form_str(ERR_SERVICESDOWN), nick);
}
return 0;
}

169
extensions/m_mkpasswd.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
/*
* m_mkpasswd.c: Encrypts a password online, DES or MD5.
*
* Copyright 2002 W. Campbell and the ircd-ratbox development team
* Based on mkpasswd.c, originally by Nelson Minar (minar@reed.edu)
*
* You can use this code in any way as long as these names remain.
*
* $Id: m_mkpasswd.c 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
*/
/* List of ircd includes from ../include/ */
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "common.h" /* FALSE bleah */
#include "ircd.h"
#include "irc_string.h"
#include "numeric.h"
#include "patricia.h"
#include "s_newconf.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "s_log.h"
#include "s_serv.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "msg.h"
#include "parse.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include <string.h>
extern char *crypt();
static int m_mkpasswd(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p,
int parc, const char *parv[]);
static int mo_mkpasswd(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p,
int parc, const char *parv[]);
static char *make_salt(void);
static char *make_md5_salt(void);
static char saltChars[] = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789./";
struct Message mkpasswd_msgtab = {
"MKPASSWD", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW,
{mg_unreg, {m_mkpasswd, 2}, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_mkpasswd, 2}}
};
mapi_clist_av1 mkpasswd_clist[] = { &mkpasswd_msgtab, NULL };
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(mkpasswd, NULL, NULL, mkpasswd_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 6 $");
static int
m_mkpasswd(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
static time_t last_used = 0;
int is_md5 = 0;
if((last_used + ConfigFileEntry.pace_wait) > CurrentTime)
{
/* safe enough to give this on a local connect only */
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LOAD2HI), me.name, parv[0]);
return 0;
}
else
{
last_used = CurrentTime;
}
if(parc == 3)
{
if(!irccmp(parv[2], "MD5"))
{
is_md5 = 1;
}
else if(!irccmp(parv[2], "DES"))
{
/* Not really needed, but we may want to have a default encryption
* setting somewhere down the road
*/
is_md5 = 0;
}
else
{
sendto_one(source_p,
":%s NOTICE %s :MKPASSWD syntax error: MKPASSWD pass [DES|MD5]",
me.name, parv[0]);
return 0;
}
}
if(parc == 1)
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, parv[0], "MKPASSWD");
else
sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Encryption for [%s]: %s",
me.name, parv[0], parv[1], crypt(parv[1],
is_md5 ? make_md5_salt() :
make_salt()));
return 0;
}
/*
** mo_test
** parv[0] = sender prefix
** parv[1] = parameter
*/
static int
mo_mkpasswd(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
int is_md5 = 0;
if(parc == 3)
{
if(!irccmp(parv[2], "MD5"))
{
is_md5 = 1;
}
else if(!irccmp(parv[2], "DES"))
{
/* Not really needed, but we may want to have a default encryption
* setting somewhere down the road
*/
is_md5 = 0;
}
else
{
sendto_one(source_p,
":%s NOTICE %s :MKPASSWD syntax error: MKPASSWD pass [DES|MD5]",
me.name, parv[0]);
return 0;
}
}
if(parc == 1)
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, parv[0], "MKPASSWD");
else
sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Encryption for [%s]: %s",
me.name, parv[0], parv[1], crypt(parv[1],
is_md5 ? make_md5_salt() :
make_salt()));
return 0;
}
static char *
make_salt(void)
{
static char salt[3];
salt[0] = saltChars[random() % 64];
salt[1] = saltChars[random() % 64];
salt[2] = '\0';
return salt;
}
static char *
make_md5_salt(void)
{
static char salt[13];
int i;
salt[0] = '$';
salt[1] = '1';
salt[2] = '$';
for(i = 3; i < 11; i++)
salt[i] = saltChars[random() % 64];
salt[11] = '$';
salt[12] = '\0';
return salt;
}

155
extensions/m_ojoin.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
/* contrib/m_ojoin.c
* Copyright (C) 2002 Hybrid Development Team
* Copyright (C) 2004 ircd-ratbox Development Team
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
* any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
*
* $Id: m_ojoin.c 3121 2007-01-02 13:23:04Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "tools.h"
#include "patricia.h"
#include "channel.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "numeric.h"
#include "s_log.h"
#include "s_serv.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "s_newconf.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "whowas.h"
#include "irc_string.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "msg.h"
#include "parse.h"
#include "modules.h"
static int mo_ojoin(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]);
struct Message ojoin_msgtab = {
"OJOIN", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW,
{mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_ojoin, 2}}
};
mapi_clist_av1 ojoin_clist[] = { &ojoin_msgtab, NULL };
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(ojoin, NULL, NULL, ojoin_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 3121 $");
/*
** mo_ojoin
** parv[0] = sender prefix
** parv[1] = channel
*/
static int
mo_ojoin(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
struct Channel *chptr;
int move_me = 0;
/* admins only */
if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p))
{
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "ojoin");
return 0;
}
if(*parv[1] == '@' || *parv[1] == '%' || *parv[1] == '+')
{
parv[1]++;
move_me = 1;
}
if((chptr = find_channel(parv[1])) == NULL)
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL,
form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]);
return 0;
}
if(IsMember(source_p, chptr))
{
sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :Please part %s before using OJOIN",
me.name, source_p->name, parv[1]);
return 0;
}
if(move_me == 1)
parv[1]--;
sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_WALLOP, &me,
"OJOIN called for %s by %s!%s@%s",
parv[1], source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host);
ilog(L_MAIN, "OJOIN called for %s by %s",
parv[1], get_oper_name(source_p));
/* only sends stuff for #channels remotely */
sendto_server(NULL, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS,
":%s WALLOPS :OJOIN called for %s by %s!%s@%s",
me.name, parv[1],
source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host);
if(*parv[1] == '@')
{
add_user_to_channel(chptr, source_p, CHFL_CHANOP);
sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS,
":%s SJOIN %ld %s + :@%s",
me.name, (long) chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, source_p->name);
sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN %s",
source_p->name,
source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname);
sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s +o %s",
me.name, chptr->chname, source_p->name);
}
else if(*parv[1] == '+')
{
add_user_to_channel(chptr, source_p, CHFL_VOICE);
sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS,
":%s SJOIN %ld %s + :+%s",
me.name, (long) chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, source_p->name);
sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN %s",
source_p->name,
source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname);
sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s +v %s",
me.name, chptr->chname, source_p->name);
}
else
{
add_user_to_channel(chptr, source_p, CHFL_PEON);
sendto_server(client_p, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS,
":%s SJOIN %ld %s + :%s",
me.name, (long) chptr->channelts, chptr->chname, source_p->name);
sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s!%s@%s JOIN %s",
source_p->name,
source_p->username, source_p->host, chptr->chname);
}
/* send the topic... */
if(chptr->topic != NULL)
{
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TOPIC), me.name,
source_p->name, chptr->chname, chptr->topic);
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_TOPICWHOTIME), me.name,
source_p->name, chptr->chname, chptr->topic_info, chptr->topic_time);
}
source_p->localClient->last_join_time = CurrentTime;
channel_member_names(chptr, source_p, 1);
return 0;
}

142
extensions/m_okick.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
/*
* ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd.
* m_okick.c: Kicks a user from a channel with much prejudice.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others.
* Copyright (C) 2004 ircd-ratbox Development Team
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
* USA
*
* $Id: m_okick.c 3117 2007-01-02 13:11:04Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "tools.h"
#include "channel.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "irc_string.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "numeric.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "msg.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "parse.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "packet.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "s_serv.h"
static int mo_okick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]);
struct Message okick_msgtab = {
"OKICK", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW,
{mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_okick, 4}}
};
mapi_clist_av1 okick_clist[] = { &okick_msgtab, NULL };
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(okick, NULL, NULL, okick_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 3117 $");
/*
** m_okick
** parv[0] = sender prefix
** parv[1] = channel
** parv[2] = client to kick
** parv[3] = kick comment
*/
static int
mo_okick(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
struct Client *who;
struct Client *target_p;
struct Channel *chptr;
struct membership *msptr;
int chasing = 0;
char *comment;
char *name;
char *p = NULL;
char *user;
static char buf[BUFSIZE];
if(*parv[2] == '\0')
{
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NEEDMOREPARAMS), me.name, parv[0], "KICK");
return 0;
}
if(MyClient(source_p) && !IsFloodDone(source_p))
flood_endgrace(source_p);
comment = (EmptyString(LOCAL_COPY(parv[3]))) ? LOCAL_COPY(parv[2]) : LOCAL_COPY(parv[3]);
if(strlen(comment) > (size_t) TOPICLEN)
comment[TOPICLEN] = '\0';
*buf = '\0';
if((p = strchr(parv[1], ',')))
*p = '\0';
name = LOCAL_COPY(parv[1]);
chptr = find_channel(name);
if(!chptr)
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), name);
return 0;
}
if((p = strchr(parv[2], ',')))
*p = '\0';
user = LOCAL_COPY(parv[2]); // strtoken(&p2, parv[2], ",");
if(!(who = find_chasing(source_p, user, &chasing)))
{
return 0;
}
if((target_p = find_client(user)) == NULL)
{
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOSUCHNICK), me.name, parv[0], user);
return 0;
}
if((msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, target_p)) == NULL)
{
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL),
me.name, parv[0], parv[1], parv[2]);
return 0;
}
sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_WALLOP, &me,
"OKICK called for %s %s by %s!%s@%s",
chptr->chname, target_p->name,
source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host);
ilog(L_MAIN, "OKICK called for %s %s by %s",
chptr->chname, target_p->name,
get_oper_name(source_p));
/* only sends stuff for #channels remotely */
sendto_server(NULL, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS,
":%s WALLOPS :OKICK called for %s %s by %s!%s@%s",
me.name, chptr->chname, target_p->name,
source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host);
sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s KICK %s %s :%s",
me.name, chptr->chname, who->name, comment);
sendto_server(&me, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS,
":%s KICK %s %s :%s", me.name, chptr->chname, who->name, comment);
remove_user_from_channel(msptr);
return 0;
}

152
extensions/m_olist.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
/*
* ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd.
* m_olist.c: List channels. olist is an oper only command
* that shows channels regardless of modes. This
* is kinda evil, and might be morally wrong, but
* somebody will likely need it.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others.
* Copyright (C) 2004 ircd-ratbox Development Team
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
* USA
*
* $Id: m_olist.c 6 2005-09-10 01:02:21Z nenolod $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "tools.h"
#include "patricia.h"
#include "channel.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "numeric.h"
#include "s_log.h"
#include "s_serv.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "whowas.h"
#include "irc_string.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "msg.h"
#include "parse.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "s_newconf.h"
#include "sprintf_irc.h"
static int mo_olist(struct Client *, struct Client *, int parc, const char *parv[]);
#ifndef STATIC_MODULES
struct Message olist_msgtab = {
"OLIST", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW,
{mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_olist, 1}}
};
mapi_clist_av1 olist_clist[] = { &olist_msgtab, NULL };
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(okick, NULL, NULL, olist_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 6 $");
#endif
static void list_all_channels(struct Client *source_p);
static void list_named_channel(struct Client *source_p, const char *name);
/*
** mo_olist
** parv[0] = sender prefix
** parv[1] = channel
*/
static int
mo_olist(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
if(IsOperSpy(source_p))
{
/* If no arg, do all channels *whee*, else just one channel */
if(parc < 2 || EmptyString(parv[1]))
{
report_operspy(source_p, "LIST", NULL);
list_all_channels(source_p);
}
else
{
report_operspy(source_p, "LIST", parv[1]);
list_named_channel(source_p, parv[1]);
}
}
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTEND), me.name, source_p->name);
return 0;
}
/*
* list_all_channels
* inputs - pointer to client requesting list
* output - 0/1
* side effects - list all channels to source_p
*/
static void
list_all_channels(struct Client *source_p)
{
struct Channel *chptr;
dlink_node *ptr;
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTSTART), me.name, source_p->name);
DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, global_channel_list.head)
{
chptr = ptr->data;
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LIST),
me.name, source_p->name, chptr->chname,
dlink_list_length(&chptr->members),
chptr->topic == NULL ? "" : chptr->topic);
}
return;
}
/*
* list_named_channel
* inputs - pointer to client requesting list
* output - 0/1
* side effects - list all channels to source_p
*/
static void
list_named_channel(struct Client *source_p, const char *name)
{
struct Channel *chptr;
char *p;
char *n = LOCAL_COPY(name);
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LISTSTART), me.name, source_p->name);
if((p = strchr(n, ',')))
*p = '\0';
if(EmptyString(n))
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL,
form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), n);
return;
}
if((chptr = find_channel(n)) == NULL)
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL,
form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), n);
else
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(RPL_LIST), me.name, source_p->name,
chptr->chname, dlink_list_length(&chptr->members),
chptr->topic ? chptr->topic : "");
}

171
extensions/m_omode.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
/*
* Charybdis: an advanced Internet Relay Chat Daemon(ircd).
* m_omode.c: allows oper mode hacking
*
* Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center
* Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team
* Copyright (C) 2002-2004 ircd-ratbox development team
* Copyright (C) 2006 Charybdis development team
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
* USA
*
* $Id: m_omode.c 3121 2007-01-02 13:23:04Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "tools.h"
#include "channel.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "irc_string.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "numeric.h"
#include "s_user.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "s_newconf.h"
#include "s_serv.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "msg.h"
#include "parse.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "packet.h"
static int mo_omode(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **);
struct Message omode_msgtab = {
"OMODE", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW,
{mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_omode, 3}}
};
mapi_clist_av1 omode_clist[] = { &omode_msgtab, NULL };
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(omode, NULL, NULL, omode_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 3121 $");
/*
* mo_omode - MODE command handler
* parv[0] - sender
* parv[1] - channel
*/
static int
mo_omode(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
struct Channel *chptr = NULL;
struct membership *msptr;
char params[512];
int i;
int wasonchannel;
/* admins only */
if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p))
{
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "admin");
return 0;
}
/* Now, try to find the channel in question */
if(!IsChanPrefix(parv[1][0]) || !check_channel_name(parv[1]))
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_BADCHANNAME,
form_str(ERR_BADCHANNAME), parv[1]);
return 0;
}
chptr = find_channel(parv[1]);
if(chptr == NULL)
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL,
form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]);
return 0;
}
/* Now know the channel exists */
msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p);
wasonchannel = msptr != NULL;
if (is_chanop(msptr))
{
sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":Use a normal MODE you idiot");
return 0;
}
params[0] = '\0';
for (i = 2; i < parc; i++)
{
if (i != 2)
strlcat(params, " ", sizeof params);
strlcat(params, parv[i], sizeof params);
}
sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_WALLOP, &me,
"OMODE called for [%s] [%s] by %s!%s@%s",
parv[1], params, source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host);
ilog(L_MAIN, "OMODE called for [%s] [%s] by %s",
parv[1], params, get_oper_name(source_p));
if(*chptr->chname != '&')
sendto_server(NULL, NULL, NOCAPS, NOCAPS,
":%s WALLOPS :OMODE called for [%s] [%s] by %s!%s@%s",
me.name, parv[1], params, source_p->name, source_p->username,
source_p->host);
#if 0
set_channel_mode(client_p, source_p->servptr, chptr, msptr,
parc - 2, parv + 2);
#else
if (parc == 4 && !strcmp(parv[2], "+o") && !irccmp(parv[3], source_p->name))
{
/* Opping themselves */
if (!wasonchannel)
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL,
form_str(ERR_USERNOTINCHANNEL), parv[3], chptr->chname);
return 0;
}
sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr, ":%s MODE %s +o %s",
me.name, parv[1], source_p->name);
sendto_server(NULL, chptr, CAP_TS6, NOCAPS,
":%s TMODE %ld %s +o %s",
me.id, (long) chptr->channelts, parv[1],
source_p->id);
sendto_server(NULL, chptr, NOCAPS, CAP_TS6,
":%s MODE %s +o %s",
me.name, parv[1], source_p->name);
msptr->flags |= CHFL_CHANOP;
}
else
{
/* Hack it so set_channel_mode() will accept */
if (wasonchannel)
msptr->flags |= CHFL_CHANOP;
else
{
add_user_to_channel(chptr, source_p, CHFL_CHANOP);
msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p);
}
set_channel_mode(client_p, source_p, chptr, msptr,
parc - 2, parv + 2);
/* We know they were not opped before and they can't have opped
* themselves as set_channel_mode() does not allow that
* -- jilles */
if (wasonchannel)
msptr->flags &= ~CHFL_CHANOP;
else
remove_user_from_channel(msptr);
}
#endif
return 0;
}

119
extensions/m_opme.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/* contrib/m_opme.c
* Copyright (C) 2002 Hybrid Development Team
* Copyright (C) 2004 ircd-ratbox development team
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
* any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
*
* $Id: m_opme.c 3121 2007-01-02 13:23:04Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "tools.h"
#include "patricia.h"
#include "channel.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "numeric.h"
#include "s_log.h"
#include "s_serv.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "whowas.h"
#include "irc_string.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "msg.h"
#include "parse.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "s_newconf.h"
static int mo_opme(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[]);
struct Message opme_msgtab = {
"OPME", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW,
{mg_unreg, mg_not_oper, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, {mo_opme, 2}}
};
mapi_clist_av1 opme_clist[] = { &opme_msgtab, NULL };
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(opme, NULL, NULL, opme_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 3121 $");
/*
** mo_opme
** parv[0] = sender prefix
** parv[1] = channel
*/
static int
mo_opme(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
struct Channel *chptr;
struct membership *msptr;
dlink_node *ptr;
/* admins only */
if(!IsOperAdmin(source_p))
{
sendto_one(source_p, form_str(ERR_NOPRIVS), me.name, source_p->name, "opme");
return 0;
}
if((chptr = find_channel(parv[1])) == NULL)
{
sendto_one_numeric(source_p, ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL,
form_str(ERR_NOSUCHCHANNEL), parv[1]);
return 0;
}
DLINK_FOREACH(ptr, chptr->members.head)
{
msptr = ptr->data;
if(is_chanop(msptr))
{
sendto_one(source_p, ":%s NOTICE %s :%s Channel is not opless",
me.name, parv[0], parv[1]);
return 0;
}
}
msptr = find_channel_membership(chptr, source_p);
if(msptr == NULL)
return 0;
msptr->flags |= CHFL_CHANOP;
sendto_wallops_flags(UMODE_WALLOP, &me,
"OPME called for [%s] by %s!%s@%s",
parv[1], source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host);
ilog(L_MAIN, "OPME called for [%s] by %s",
parv[1], get_oper_name(source_p));
/* dont send stuff for local channels remotely. */
if(*chptr->chname != '&')
{
sendto_server(NULL, NULL, NOCAPS, NOCAPS,
":%s WALLOPS :OPME called for [%s] by %s!%s@%s",
me.name, parv[1], source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host);
sendto_server(NULL, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS, ":%s PART %s", source_p->name, parv[1]);
sendto_server(NULL, chptr, NOCAPS, NOCAPS,
":%s SJOIN %ld %s + :@%s",
me.name, (long) chptr->channelts, parv[1], source_p->name);
}
sendto_channel_local(ALL_MEMBERS, chptr,
":%s MODE %s +o %s", me.name, parv[1], source_p->name);
return 0;
}

143
extensions/m_webirc.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
/*
* ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd.
* m_webirc.c: Makes CGI:IRC users appear as coming from their real host
*
* Copyright (C) 1990 Jarkko Oikarinen and University of Oulu, Co Center
* Copyright (C) 1996-2002 Hybrid Development Team
* Copyright (C) 2002-2006 ircd-ratbox development team
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
* USA
*
* $Id: m_webirc.c 2757 2006-11-10 22:58:15Z jilles $
*/
/* Usage:
* auth {
* user = "webirc@<cgiirc ip>"; # if identd used, put ident username instead
* password = "<password>"; # encryption possible
* spoof = "webirc."
* class = "users";
* };
* Possible flags:
* encrypted - password is encrypted (recommended)
* kline_exempt - k/g lines on the cgiirc ip are ignored
* gline_exempt - glines on the cgiirc ip are ignored
* dlines are checked on the cgiirc ip (of course).
* k/d/g/x lines, auth blocks, user limits, etc are checked using the
* real host/ip.
* The password should be specified unencrypted in webirc_password in
* cgiirc.config
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "client.h" /* client struct */
#include "irc_string.h"
#include "hostmask.h"
#include "send.h" /* sendto_one */
#include "numeric.h" /* ERR_xxx */
#include "ircd.h" /* me */
#include "msg.h"
#include "parse.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "s_serv.h"
#include "hash.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
static int mr_webirc(struct Client *, struct Client *, int, const char **);
struct Message webirc_msgtab = {
"WEBIRC", 0, 0, 0, MFLG_SLOW | MFLG_UNREG,
{{mr_webirc, 4}, mg_reg, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_ignore, mg_reg}
};
mapi_clist_av1 webirc_clist[] = { &webirc_msgtab, NULL };
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(webirc, NULL, NULL, webirc_clist, NULL, NULL, "$Revision: 20702 $");
/*
* mr_webirc - webirc message handler
* parv[0] = sender prefix
* parv[1] = password
* parv[2] = fake username (we ignore this)
* parv[3] = fake hostname
* parv[4] = fake ip
*/
static int
mr_webirc(struct Client *client_p, struct Client *source_p, int parc, const char *parv[])
{
struct ConfItem *aconf;
const char *encr;
if (!strchr(parv[4], '.') && !strchr(parv[4], ':'))
{
sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE * :Invalid IP");
return 0;
}
aconf = find_address_conf(client_p->host, client_p->sockhost,
IsGotId(client_p) ? client_p->username : "webirc",
IsGotId(client_p) ? client_p->username : "webirc",
(struct sockaddr *) &client_p->localClient->ip,
client_p->localClient->ip.ss_family);
if (aconf == NULL || !(aconf->status & CONF_CLIENT))
return 0;
if (!IsConfDoSpoofIp(aconf) || irccmp(aconf->name, "webirc."))
{
/* XXX */
sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE * :Not a CGI:IRC auth block");
return 0;
}
if (EmptyString(aconf->passwd))
{
sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE * :CGI:IRC auth blocks must have a password");
return 0;
}
if (EmptyString(parv[1]))
encr = "";
else if (IsConfEncrypted(aconf))
encr = crypt(parv[1], aconf->passwd);
else
encr = parv[1];
if (strcmp(encr, aconf->passwd))
{
sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE * :CGI:IRC password incorrect");
return 0;
}
strlcpy(source_p->sockhost, parv[4], sizeof(source_p->sockhost));
if(strlen(parv[3]) <= HOSTLEN)
strlcpy(source_p->host, parv[3], sizeof(source_p->host));
else
strlcpy(source_p->host, source_p->sockhost, sizeof(source_p->host));
inetpton_sock(parv[4], (struct sockaddr *)&source_p->localClient->ip);
/* Check dlines now, k/glines will be checked on registration */
if((aconf = find_dline((struct sockaddr *)&source_p->localClient->ip,
source_p->localClient->ip.ss_family)))
{
if(!(aconf->status & CONF_EXEMPTDLINE))
{
exit_client(client_p, source_p, &me, "D-lined");
return 0;
}
}
sendto_one(source_p, "NOTICE * :CGI:IRC host/IP set to %s %s", parv[3], parv[4]);
return 0;
}

41
extensions/no_oper_invis.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
/*
* Deny opers setting themselves +i unless they are bots (i.e. have
* hidden_oper privilege).
* -- jilles
*
* $Id: no_oper_invis.c 1086 2006-03-17 23:20:30Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "s_newconf.h"
static void h_noi_umode_changed(hook_data_umode_changed *);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 noi_hfnlist[] = {
{ "umode_changed", (hookfn) h_noi_umode_changed },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(no_oper_invis, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, noi_hfnlist, "$Revision: 1086 $");
static void
h_noi_umode_changed(hook_data_umode_changed *hdata)
{
struct Client *source_p = hdata->client;
if (MyClient(source_p) && IsOper(source_p) && !IsOperInvis(source_p) &&
IsInvisible(source_p))
{
ClearInvisible(source_p);
/* If they tried /umode +i, complain; do not complain
* if they opered up while invisible -- jilles */
if (hdata->oldumodes & UMODE_OPER)
sendto_one_notice(source_p, ":*** Opers may not set themselves invisible");
}
}

81
extensions/sno_farconnect.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
* Remote client connect/exit notices on snomask +F (far).
* To avoid flooding, connects/exits part of netjoins/netsplits are not shown.
* Consequently, it is not possible to use these notices to keep track
* of all clients.
* -- jilles
*
* $Id: sno_farconnect.c 1869 2006-08-27 14:24:25Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "snomask.h"
static int _modinit(void);
static void _moddeinit(void);
static void h_gcn_new_remote_user(struct Client *);
static void h_gcn_client_exit(hook_data_client_exit *);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 gcn_hfnlist[] = {
{ "new_remote_user", (hookfn) h_gcn_new_remote_user },
{ "client_exit", (hookfn) h_gcn_client_exit },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(globalconnexit, _modinit, _moddeinit, NULL, NULL, gcn_hfnlist, "$Revision: 1869 $");
static int
_modinit(void)
{
/* add the snomask to the available slot */
snomask_modes['F'] = find_snomask_slot();
/* show the fact that we are showing user information in /version */
opers_see_all_users = 1;
return 0;
}
static void
_moddeinit(void)
{
/* disable the snomask and remove it from the available list */
snomask_modes['F'] = 0;
}
static void
h_gcn_new_remote_user(struct Client *source_p)
{
if (!HasSentEob(source_p->servptr))
return;
sendto_realops_snomask_from(snomask_modes['F'], L_ALL, source_p->servptr,
"Client connecting: %s (%s@%s) [%s] {%s} [%s]",
source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->orighost,
show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? source_p->sockhost : "255.255.255.255",
"?", source_p->info);
}
static void
h_gcn_client_exit(hook_data_client_exit *hdata)
{
struct Client *source_p;
source_p = hdata->target;
if (MyConnect(source_p) || !IsClient(source_p))
return;
if (!HasSentEob(source_p->servptr))
return;
sendto_realops_snomask_from(snomask_modes['F'], L_ALL, source_p->servptr,
"Client exiting: %s (%s@%s) [%s] [%s]",
source_p->name,
source_p->username, source_p->host, hdata->comment,
show_ip(NULL, source_p) ? source_p->sockhost : "255.255.255.255");
}

51
extensions/sno_globalkline.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
/*
* Shows notices if remote clients exit with "Bad user info" or
* ConfigFileEntry.kline_reason.
* Assumes client_exit is enabled so users can't fake these reasons,
* and kline_reason is enabled and the same everywhere.
* Yes, this is a hack, but it is simple and avoids sending
* more data across servers -- jilles
*
* $Id: sno_globalkline.c 613 2006-01-29 03:03:02Z nenolod $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
static void h_gla_client_exit(hook_data_client_exit *);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 gla_hfnlist[] = {
{ "client_exit", (hookfn) h_gla_client_exit },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(globallineactive, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, gla_hfnlist, "$Revision: 613 $");
static void
h_gla_client_exit(hook_data_client_exit *hdata)
{
struct Client *source_p;
source_p = hdata->target;
if (MyConnect(source_p) || !IsClient(source_p))
return;
if (!strcmp(hdata->comment, "Bad user info"))
{
sendto_realops_snomask_from(SNO_GENERAL, L_ALL, source_p->servptr,
"XLINE active for %s[%s@%s]",
source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host);
}
else if (ConfigFileEntry.kline_reason != NULL &&
!strcmp(hdata->comment, ConfigFileEntry.kline_reason))
{
sendto_realops_snomask_from(SNO_GENERAL, L_ALL, source_p->servptr,
"K/D/GLINE active for %s[%s@%s]",
source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host);
}
}

38
extensions/sno_globaloper.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/*
* Remote oper up notices.
*
* $Id: sno_globaloper.c 639 2006-01-29 21:42:06Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
#include "s_conf.h"
#include "snomask.h"
static void h_sgo_umode_changed(void *);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 sgo_hfnlist[] = {
{ "umode_changed", (hookfn) h_sgo_umode_changed },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(sno_globaloper, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, sgo_hfnlist, "$Revision: 639 $");
static void
h_sgo_umode_changed(void *vdata)
{
hook_data_umode_changed *data = (hook_data_umode_changed *)vdata;
struct Client *source_p = data->client;
if (MyConnect(source_p) || !HasSentEob(source_p->servptr))
return;
if (!(data->oldumodes & UMODE_OPER) && IsOper(source_p))
sendto_realops_snomask_from(SNO_GENERAL, L_ALL, source_p->servptr,
"%s (%s@%s) is now an operator",
source_p->name, source_p->username, source_p->host);
}

47
extensions/spy_admin_notice.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/*
* ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd.
* spy_admin_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses ADMIN.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
* USA
*
* $Id: spy_admin_notice.c 498 2006-01-15 16:40:33Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
void show_admin(hook_data *);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 admin_hfnlist[] = {
{"doing_admin", (hookfn) show_admin},
{NULL, NULL}
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(admin_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, admin_hfnlist, "$Revision: 498 $");
void
show_admin(hook_data *data)
{
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_SPY, L_ALL,
"admin requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]",
data->client->name, data->client->username,
data->client->host, data->client->user->server);
}

47
extensions/spy_info_notice.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/*
* ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd.
* spy_info_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses INFO.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
* USA
*
* $Id: spy_info_notice.c 498 2006-01-15 16:40:33Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
void show_info(hook_data *);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 info_hfnlist[] = {
{"doing_info", (hookfn) show_info},
{NULL, NULL}
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(info_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, info_hfnlist, "$Revision: 498 $");
void
show_info(hook_data *data)
{
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_SPY, L_ALL,
"info requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]",
data->client->name, data->client->username,
data->client->host, data->client->user->server);
}

49
extensions/spy_links_notice.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
/*
* ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd.
* spy_links_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses LINKS.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
* USA
*
* $Id: spy_links_notice.c 498 2006-01-15 16:40:33Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
void show_links(hook_data *);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 links_hfnlist[] = {
{"doing_links", (hookfn) show_links},
{NULL, NULL}
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(links_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, links_hfnlist, "$Revision: 498 $");
void
show_links(hook_data *data)
{
const char *mask = data->arg1;
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_SPY, L_ALL,
"LINKS '%s' requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]",
mask, data->client->name, data->client->username,
data->client->host, data->client->user->server);
}

47
extensions/spy_motd_notice.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
/*
* ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd.
* spy_motd_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses MOTD.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
* USA
*
* $Id: spy_motd_notice.c 498 2006-01-15 16:40:33Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
void show_motd(hook_data *);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 motd_hfnlist[] = {
{"doing_motd", (hookfn) show_motd},
{NULL, NULL}
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(motd_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, motd_hfnlist, "$Revision: 498 $");
void
show_motd(hook_data *data)
{
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_SPY, L_ALL,
"motd requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]",
data->client->name, data->client->username,
data->client->host, data->client->user->server);
}

70
extensions/spy_stats_notice.c Normal file
View file

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
/*
* ircd-ratbox: A slightly useful ircd.
* spy_stats_notice.c: Sends a notice when someone uses STATS.
*
* Copyright (C) 2002 by the past and present ircd coders, and others.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
* (at your option) any later version.
*
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
* along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
* Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307
* USA
*
* $Id: spy_stats_notice.c 498 2006-01-15 16:40:33Z jilles $
*/
#include "stdinc.h"
#include "modules.h"
#include "hook.h"
#include "client.h"
#include "ircd.h"
#include "send.h"
void show_stats(hook_data_int *);
mapi_hfn_list_av1 stats_hfnlist[] = {
{"doing_stats", (hookfn) show_stats},
{NULL, NULL}
};
DECLARE_MODULE_AV1(stats_spy, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, stats_hfnlist, "$Revision: 498 $");
void
show_stats(hook_data_int *data)
{
char statchar = (char) data->arg2;
if(statchar == 'L' || statchar == 'l')
{
const char *name = data->arg1;
if(!EmptyString(name))
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_SPY, L_ALL,
"STATS %c requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s] on %s",
statchar, data->client->name,
data->client->username,
data->client->host,
data->client->user->server, name);
else
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_SPY, L_ALL,
"STATS %c requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]",
statchar, data->client->name,
data->client->username,
data->client->host, data->client->user->server);
}
else
{
sendto_realops_snomask(SNO_SPY, L_ALL,
"STATS %c requested by %s (%s@%s) [%s]",
statchar, data->client->name, data->client->username,
data->client->host, data->client->user->server);
}
}

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more